You are on page 1of 231

More Service Manuals at www.service-manual.

net

fi-6670, fi-6670A, Image Scanner


fi-667PR, Imprinter
Maintenance Manual

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 1
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Revision Record
Edition Date published Revised contents
01 May 28, 2008 First edition released.
02 June 23, 2008 P10: A8 size description revised.
P31, 42, 87, 152: FUSE KIT 6670 deleted. FUSE1~3 added.
P41, 109: Explanation of OPT SPACER B added.
P48: Description of DIMM (table) added.
P68: Reference cleaning procedures deleted.
P129: Maintenance Mode activation method changed.
P130, 133, 135, 139, 142, 145, 146, 149: Maintenance Mode exiting method added.
P131: Background switchover test added.
P157~160: Table of Software Operation Panel added.
P184, 190: Part number of Junction PCA changed.
P221, 225: Part number of screws changed.
03 February 19, 2009 P226: “Appendix 2: Emulation Mode” added.
P31, 32, 33, 49: Maintenance Parts added.
04 April 27, 2009 P89: Title changed.
P110, 112, 123, 125: Notes at Optical Unit ADF replacement added.
P32, 42, 43: Remarks on Fuses added.
05 July 13, 2009
P132, 137, 141, 144: Notes on Maintenance mode added.

The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.

All rights Reserved. Copyright© PFU LIMITED, 2008-2009

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 2
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Preface

This manual provides the technical information such as maintenance, troubleshooting procedure and parts replacement
procedure for field Engineers on fi-6670/fi-6670A image scanner.
This manual is not responsible if used for other than maintenance.

For information that is not contained in this manual, refer to the following manuals:

Item Manuals P/N *


1 fi-6670(A)/fi-6770(A)/fi-6750S Image Scanner Operator’s Guide P3PC-2252-xxEN
2 fi-6670(A)/fi-6770(A)/fi-6750S Image Scanner Getting Started P3PC-2242-xxEN
3 fi-667PR Imprinter Operator’s Guide P3PC-2262-xxEN
4 fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR Illustrated Parts Catalog P4PA03576-B5XX/6
* xx represents revision number of the manuals.

Convention
Special information, such as warnings, cautions, are indicated as follows:

WARNING
WARNING indicates that personal injury may result if you do not
follow a procedure correctly.

CAUTION indicates that damage to the scanner may result if you do


not follow a procedure correctly.

NOTICE provides 'how-to" tips or suggestions to help you perform


a procedure correctly.

General note:
Be careful not to power off the scanner while communicating with the host computer. In case that the scanner is accidentally
powered off during communication with the host, follow the procedure below:
1. Power off the host computer.
2. Power on the scanner.
3. Power on the host computer.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 3
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Trademarks

Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
ISIS and QuickScan are trademarks or registered trademarks of EMC Corporation in the United States.
Adobe, the Adobe logo, and Acrobat are either registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the
United States and/or other countries.
Kofax and VRS are trademarks or registered trademarks of Kofax Image Products, Inc.
Other product names are the trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective companies.

How Trademarks are Indicated in This Manual


References to operating systems (OS) and applications are indicated as follows:

Windows 2000: Microsoft® Windows® 2000 Professional operating system.

Windows XP: Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional operating system (32-bit/64-bit)


Microsoft® Windows® XP Home Edition operating system.

Windows Server2003: Microsoft® Windows ServerTM 2003 Standard Edition operating system (32-bit/64-bit)

Windows Vista: Microsoft® Windows Vista® Home Basic operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Home Premium operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Business operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Enterprise operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Ultimate operating system (32-bit/64-bit)

Where there is no distinction between the different versions of the above operating system, the general term “Windows” is
used.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 4
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Contents
Chapter 1 Overview......................................................................................................................10
1.1 Scanner Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 10
1.1.1 Features ........................................................................................................................................................... 10
1.1.2 Scanner Specification ...................................................................................................................................... 10
1.1.3 Environmental Specification ........................................................................................................................... 12
1.1.4 Appearance...................................................................................................................................................... 13
1.1.5 Outer Dimensions............................................................................................................................................ 17
1.1.6 Document Specification .................................................................................................................................. 18
1.1.7 Multi feed Detection Conditions ..................................................................................................................... 19
1.2 ADF Unit....................................................................................................................................................... 20
1.2.1 ADF................................................................................................................................................................. 20
1.2.2 Reading Station ............................................................................................................................................... 22
1.3 Controller....................................................................................................................................................... 23
1.4 Cable Connection Diagram ........................................................................................................................... 25
1.5 Diagram of Power Supply System................................................................................................................. 26
Chapter 2 Installation.................................................................................................................. 27
2.1 Unpacking the Scanner.................................................................................................................................. 27
2.2 Installing the Scanner .................................................................................................................................... 28
2.2.1 For Safety Installation ..................................................................................................................................... 28
2.2.2 Installation....................................................................................................................................................... 28
Chapter 3 Maintenance Parts ..................................................................................................... 31
3.1 ADF FIX Unit ............................................................................................................................................... 33
3.2 ADF Rev Unit ............................................................................................................................................... 33
3.3 Back Ground Unit F ...................................................................................................................................... 34
3.4 Back Ground Unit B...................................................................................................................................... 34
3.5 Inverter .......................................................................................................................................................... 35
3.6 US Sensor ...................................................................................................................................................... 35
3.7 US PCA ......................................................................................................................................................... 36
3.8 Sensor ............................................................................................................................................................ 36
3.9 Pick Sensor .................................................................................................................................................... 37
3.10 DF Sensor .................................................................................................................................................... 37
3.11 Guide S ASSY............................................................................................................................................. 38
3.12 Pick Motor................................................................................................................................................... 38
3.13 HK Ring ME ............................................................................................................................................... 39
3.14 BW Motor.................................................................................................................................................... 39
3.15 Feed Motor .................................................................................................................................................. 40
3.16 Belt ADF ..................................................................................................................................................... 40
3.17 Top Sensor................................................................................................................................................... 41
3.18 Sensor OP .................................................................................................................................................... 41
3.19 Optical Unit ADF ........................................................................................................................................ 42
3.20 Control PCA ................................................................................................................................................ 42
3.21 (Reserved) ................................................................................................................................................... 43
3.22 Fuse 1 .......................................................................................................................................................... 43
3.23 Fuse 2 .......................................................................................................................................................... 43
3.24 Fuse 3 .......................................................................................................................................................... 43
3.25 Power Supply .............................................................................................................................................. 44
3.26 Stacker ASSY.............................................................................................................................................. 44
3.27 Chute ASSY ................................................................................................................................................ 45
3.28 Chute Roller ................................................................................................................................................ 45
3.29 Panel Unit A ................................................................................................................................................ 46
3.30 Panel PCA A ............................................................................................................................................... 46
3.31 Panel Unit B ................................................................................................................................................ 47
3.32 Panel PCA B................................................................................................................................................ 47
3.33 Fan ASSY.................................................................................................................................................... 48
3.34 CGA Board.................................................................................................................................................. 48
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 5
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
3.35 DIMM.......................................................................................................................................................... 49
3.36 ADF Unit..................................................................................................................................................... 49
Chapter 4 Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... 50
4.1 Operator panel display sequence at power-on ............................................................................................... 50
4.2 Temporary Errors and Alarms....................................................................................................................... 51
4.2.1 Temporary Errors ............................................................................................................................................ 51
4.2.2 Alarms ............................................................................................................................................................. 51
4.2.3 Error Recovery Guide ..................................................................................................................................... 51
4.3 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................. 52
4.3.1 Scanner Does not Turn ON (No display on the Operator Panel)..................................................................... 55
4.3.2 Scanning Does not Start .................................................................................................................................. 55
4.3.3 Scanned Image is Distorted ............................................................................................................................. 55
4.3.4 Resolution or Gradation of Scanned Image is Unsatisfactory......................................................................... 56
4.3.5 Too Much Jitter on Scanned Image................................................................................................................. 56
4.3.6 Scanned Image is Misaligned.......................................................................................................................... 57
4.3.7 Magnification of Scanned Image is Incorrect.................................................................................................. 57
4.3.8 Vertical Streaks Appear in Scanned Image ..................................................................................................... 58
4.3.9 Calibrating White Level of Scanned Image .................................................................................................... 59
4.3.10 “No Paper on the ADF Paper Chute” ............................................................................................................ 59
4.3.11 J1, J9: Paper Jam ........................................................................................................................................... 59
4.3.12 J2: Multi feed ................................................................................................................................................ 60
4.3.13 U4: ADF Cover Open / U5: Imprinter cover open ........................................................................................ 60
4.3.14 U6: No Ink Cartridge (with the Imprinter installed)...................................................................................... 60
4.3.15 U7: Imprinting position error (with the Imprinter installed) ......................................................................... 61
4.3.16 E2 or E3: Optical Alarm................................................................................................................................ 61
4.3.17 F2: Drive System (Pick Arm) Alarm / H1: Motor Fuse Blown..................................................................... 62
4.3.18 H7: Lamp Fuse Blown .................................................................................................................................. 63
4.3.19 E6: Operator Panel Alarm ............................................................................................................................. 63
4.3.20 E7: EEPROM Alarm ..................................................................................................................................... 63
4.3.21 E8: SCSI Fuse Blown.................................................................................................................................... 63
4.3.22 E9: Image Memory Alarm ............................................................................................................................ 64
4.3.23 A0~A4: Imprinter Alarm (with the Imprinter installed)................................................................................ 64
4.3.24 F4: Drive System (Background Switchover) Alarm ..................................................................................... 64
4.3.25 F6: Fan Alarm ............................................................................................................................................... 65
4.3.26 H5: TPS Fuse Blown..................................................................................................................................... 65
4.3.27 H6: Imprinter Fuse Blown (with the Imprinter installed).............................................................................. 65
4.3.28 L6: Ultrasonic Sensor Alarm / L9: OMR Sensor Alarm ............................................................................... 66
4.3.29 C0: LSI Alarm............................................................................................................................................... 66
4.3.30 C8: Internal Communication Alarm .............................................................................................................. 66
4.3.31 F: Flash RAM Alarm..................................................................................................................................... 66
4.3.32 Illegal Command ........................................................................................................................................... 66
4.3.33 Interface Alarm ............................................................................................................................................. 67
4.3.34 Imprinter does not operate initially (when Imprinter is installed) ................................................................. 67
4.3.35 No imprinting / Imprinting Distortion (with the Imprinter installed) ............................................................ 67
4.3.36 Scanned Form is Dirty (with the Imprinter installed).................................................................................... 67
Chapter 5 Maintenance Procedure ............................................................................................ 68
5.1 For Safety Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 68
5.2 Periodic Maintenance .................................................................................................................................... 69
5.3 Cleaning......................................................................................................................................................... 70
5.3.1 Cleaning the Optical Unit ADF....................................................................................................................... 70
5.3.2 (Reserved) ....................................................................................................................................................... 70
5.3.3 (Reserved) ....................................................................................................................................................... 70
5.4 Maintenance Tool.......................................................................................................................................... 71
5.5 Non-disassembly Parts .................................................................................................................................. 72
5.6 (Reserved) ..................................................................................................................................................... 72
5.7 Chute ASSY/ Chute Roller / Stacker ASSY / Panel Unit / Panel PCA..................................................................... 73
5.7.1 Chute ASSY .................................................................................................................................................... 73
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 6
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
5.7.2 Chute Roller .................................................................................................................................................... 74
5.7.3 Stacker ASSY.................................................................................................................................................. 75
5.7.4 Panel Unit A / Panel PCA A ........................................................................................................................... 76
5.7.5 Panel Unit B / Panel PCA B............................................................................................................................ 79
5.8 Inside of PCA Unit ........................................................................................................................................ 82
5.8.1 PCA Unit (not a maintenance part) ................................................................................................................. 82
5.8.2 Power Supply .................................................................................................................................................. 84
5.8.3 Fan ASSY........................................................................................................................................................ 85
5.8.4 Control PCA.................................................................................................................................................... 86
5.8.5 Fuses................................................................................................................................................................ 88
5.8.6 CGA Board / DIMM ....................................................................................................................................... 89
5.8.7 DIMM ............................................................................................................................................................. 90
5.9 ADF Unit / ADF Fix Unit / ADF Rev Unit ................................................................................................... 91
5.9.1 ADF Unit......................................................................................................................................................... 91
5.9.2 ADF Fix Unit / ADF Rev Unit ........................................................................................................................ 92
5.10 Paper path .................................................................................................................................................... 98
5.10.1 Guide S ASSY............................................................................................................................................... 98
5.10.2 Pick Sensor.................................................................................................................................................... 99
5.10.3 US Sensor (ADF Fix Unit).......................................................................................................................... 101
5.10.4 US PCA....................................................................................................................................................... 102
5.10.5 Sensor (Empty Sensor)................................................................................................................................ 103
5.10.6 US Sensor (ADF Rev Unit)......................................................................................................................... 105
5.10.7 Top Sensor (ADF Rev Unit)........................................................................................................................ 106
5.10.8 DF Sensor.................................................................................................................................................... 107
5.11 Parts in the ADF cover .............................................................................................................................. 108
5.11.1 Inverter (for ADF backside scanning) ......................................................................................................... 108
5.11.2 Optical Unit ADF (backside optical system)............................................................................................... 110
5.11.3 BW Motor (for driving pick arm) / Sensor (for detecting pick arm position) ............................................. 113
5.11.4 Feed Motor / Belt ADF ............................................................................................................................... 117
5.11.5 BW Motor (for driving background switch mechanism)............................................................................. 119
5.11.6 Sensor (for detecting background position)................................................................................................. 120
5.11.7 Sensor OP.................................................................................................................................................... 121
5.11.8 Background unit B ...................................................................................................................................... 122
5.12 Parts in lower part of the ADF................................................................................................................... 123
5.12.1 Optical Unit ADF (front side optical system) ............................................................................................. 123
5.12.2 Inverter ........................................................................................................................................................ 126
5.12.3 Pick Motor................................................................................................................................................... 127
5.12.4 Background Unit F ...................................................................................................................................... 128
5.12.5 HK Ring ME ............................................................................................................................................... 130
Chapter 6 Adjustment/Settings ................................................................................................... 132
6.1 Maintenance Mode ...................................................................................................................................... 132
6.1.1 Activating the Maintenance Mode and Mode Types..................................................................................... 132
6.1.2 Maintenance Mode #1: Paper feeding, Background switchover and Sensor test .......................................... 134
6.1.3 Maintenance Mode #2: Sub-scanning magnification adjustment.................................................................. 137
6.1.4 Maintenance Mode #3: Offset adjustment..................................................................................................... 141
6.1.5 Maintenance Mode #4: White level adjustment ............................................................................................ 144
6.1.6 Maintenance Mode #5: Consumables counter display and Reset.................................................................. 147
6.1.7 Maintenance Mode #6: Miscellaneous information display.......................................................................... 149
6.1.8 Maintenance Mode #7: EEPROM data restore ............................................................................................. 150
6.1.9 Maintenance Mode #8: Ultrasonic sensor adjustment................................................................................... 151
6.2 Saving EEPROM Data ................................................................................................................................ 154
6.3 Test Item List............................................................................................................................................... 155
Chapter 7 Operation and Daily Maintenance ......................................................................... 156
7.1 Basic Operation ........................................................................................................................................... 156
7.1.1 Turning the Scanner ON/OFF ....................................................................................................................... 156
7.1.2 Loading Documents on the ADF................................................................................................................... 157
7.1.3 Software Operation Panel.............................................................................................................................. 160
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 7
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
7.2 Cleaning....................................................................................................................................................... 164
7.2.1 Cleaning the ADF.......................................................................................................................................... 164
7.3 Consumables and Replacement ................................................................................................................... 168
7.3.1 Consumables ................................................................................................................................................. 168
7.3.2 Checking and Resetting the Consumables Counters ..................................................................................... 168
7.3.3 Replacing the Brake Roller ........................................................................................................................... 169
7.3.4 Replacing the Pick Rollers ............................................................................................................................ 171
Chapter 8 Imprinter .................................................................................................................. 173
8.1 Imprinter Specification ............................................................................................................................. 173
8.1.1 Printing Specification ................................................................................................................................. 173
8.1.2 Imprinter Installation Specification ............................................................................................................ 174
8.1.3 Names of Component Parts ........................................................................................................................ 175
8.1.3 Dimensions ................................................................................................................................................. 176
8.2 Operation .................................................................................................................................................. 177
8.2.1 Operation .................................................................................................................................................... 177
8.2.2 Block Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 178
8.3 Unpacking and Installation of Imprinter ................................................................................................... 179
8.3.1 Unpacking................................................................................................................................................... 179
8.3.2 Installing / Removing the Imprinter............................................................................................................ 180
8.3.3 Installing the Print Cartridge....................................................................................................................... 184
8.3.4 Operating Test ............................................................................................................................................ 186
8.4 Maintenance Parts for Imprinter ............................................................................................................... 187
8.4.1 Sensor OPB5............................................................................................................................................... 188
8.4.2 IM Holder ASSY ........................................................................................................................................ 188
8.4.3 IM Pinch ASSY .......................................................................................................................................... 189
8.4.4 Feed Motor.................................................................................................................................................. 189
8.4.5 IM Holder Lever ......................................................................................................................................... 190
8.4.6 FPC Cable................................................................................................................................................... 190
8.4.7 PR Cable ..................................................................................................................................................... 191
8.4.8 IM Felt ........................................................................................................................................................ 191
8.4.9 Thumb Screw.............................................................................................................................................. 192
8.4.10 IMP CT ..................................................................................................................................................... 192
8.4.11 Junction PCA ............................................................................................................................................ 193
8.4.12 Sensor OP ................................................................................................................................................. 193
8.5 Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................................................ 194
8.6 Maintenance Procedure............................................................................................................................. 195
8.6.1 For Safety Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 195
8.6.2 Maintenance Tools...................................................................................................................................... 195
8.6.3 (Reserved)................................................................................................................................................... 195
8.6.4 Parts replacements in the Print Section....................................................................................................... 196
8.6.4.1 IM Holder Lever ...................................................................................................................................... 196
8.6.4.2 IM Pinch ASSY ....................................................................................................................................... 197
8.6.4.3 Junction PCA ........................................................................................................................................... 198
8.6.4.4 IM Holder ASSY / FPC Cable................................................................................................................. 199
8.6.5 IMP CT ....................................................................................................................................................... 201
8.6.6 Parts inside of Fix Unit ............................................................................................................................... 203
8.6.6.1 Sensor OPB5............................................................................................................................................ 203
8.6.6.2 Sensor OP ................................................................................................................................................ 205
8.6.6.3 Feed Motor............................................................................................................................................... 206
8.6.6.4 PR Cable .................................................................................................................................................. 208
8.6.6.5 IM Felt ..................................................................................................................................................... 209
8.6.7 Thumb screw .............................................................................................................................................. 211
8.7 Adjustment / Setting ................................................................................................................................. 212
8.8 Imprinter Basic Operation......................................................................................................................... 213
8.8.1 Positioning the Print Cartridge.................................................................................................................... 213
8.8.2 How to Use the Paper Guides ..................................................................................................................... 213
8.8.3 Print Setup .................................................................................................................................................. 215
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 8
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
8.8.4 Removing Jammed Documents .................................................................................................................. 218
8.9 Daily Care ................................................................................................................................................. 219
8.9.1 Cleaning the Print Cartridge ....................................................................................................................... 219
8.9.2 Cleaning the Imprinter ................................................................................................................................ 220
8.9.3 Cleaning the Rollers.................................................................................................................................... 221
8.9.4 Replacing the Print Cartridge...................................................................................................................... 222
Appendix 1 Screws..................................................................................................................... 224
Appendix 2 Emulation Mode .................................................................................................... 229

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 9
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.1

Chapter 1 Overview
1.1 Scanner Overview
1.1.1 Features
The fi-6670/fi-6670A, image scanner offers up to A3 sized paper scanning through the ADF. It provides faster
color document scanning speed than the preceding model (fi-5650C) and has the following features:
- Initiate scanning from the scanner with “Send to” or “Scan/Stop” button
- Ultra SCSI or USB 2.0 interfaces
- Wide range of paper weight
- Ultrasonic multifeed detection
- Selectable background color (black or white) in the ADF.
An imprinter (option) can be installed on the scanner.

1.1.2 Scanner Specification

No. Item Specification Remarks


1 Operating method Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
2 Image sensor Color CCD (Charge-coupled device) x 2 ADF front/back
3 Light source White cold cathode discharge lamp x2
4 Optical resolution 600dpi x 600dpi (main scanning x sub-scanning)
Output Binary 50-600dpi
5 resolution Grayscale 50-600dpi
Color 50-600dpi
6 Internal video processing 1024 levels
7 Video output format Monochrome: 1 bit/pixel
Grayscale:8 bit/pixel (R,G,B, Non-Dropout)
4bit/pixel(Generated by the device driver)
Color: 8bit and 24 bit/pixel
8bit and 4bit/pixel(Generated by the device driver)
8 ADF Scanning speed Simplex (ppm) Duplex (ipm)
(Calculated) Binary/Gray/ 90 180 @A4, Landscape,
(Note 1) Color 200 dpi,
70 140 @A4, Portrait,
200 dpi,
80 160 @A4, Landscape,
300 dpi,
60 120 @A4, Portrait,
300 dpi,
47 94 @A4,Landscape,
400 dpi,
30 60 @A4,Portrait,
600 dpi,
30 60 @A4,Landscape,
600dpi,
22 44 @A4 Portrait,
600dpi,
Paper size Minimum A8 Portrait (52 x 74mm)
Maximum A3 Portrait (297 x 420mm)
or 11x17 (279.4 x 431.8mm)
Note) 3m (120 in.), Binary/Grayscale/Color long page
scanning available (Note 2)
Maximum 297 mm (width of A3 Portrait)
permissible
document width

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 10
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.1.2
(cont’d)
No. Item Specification Remarks
8 ADF Paper thickness A4/Letter Size or Smaller : 0.04mm to 0.25mm
(cont’) (cont’) (weight) (31 to 209 g/m2, or 8.3 to 56.1 lb)
Over A4/Letter size : 0.06 mm to 0.25 mm
(52 to 209g/m2,or 13.8 to 56.1 lb)
A8 size : 0.152mm to 0.25mm
(127 to 209 g/m2, or 33.8 to 56.1lb)
Capacity of ADF Chute: Maximum 200 sheets at A4, 20 lb, or 80 g/m2 Stacker position
Stacker: Maximum 300 sheets at A4, 20 lb, or 80 g/m2 is Bottom.
Sheet setting Front side down
Multifeed Yes (Standard) Refer to Section
detection Ultrasonic sensor or Length check sensor 1.1.7.
Ultrasonic sensor and Length check sensor
Background White / Black selectable
(Front and back shall be the same color. Default is White)
9 Interface - Standard I/F *Can be
Ultra SCSI (Half-pitch 50 pin) x 1 connected to
fi-6670 USB2.0 x 1 either of standard
fi-6670A - CGA (fi-6670: Option) I/F or CGA.
Ultra SCSI (Half-pitch 68 pin) x 1
USB2.0 x 1
10 Image processing function Error diffusion, Dither (Standard)
11 Image compression Hardware real-time JPEG compression (standard) Only for
Grayscale, Color
12 Image memory 384MB x 2 (Total of 768MB) Not possible to
enhance
13 Energy Star® compliance Yes Note 3
14 Driver FJ TWAIN, ISIS
15 Operator panel Buttons: Scan/Stop, Send to, Function
Lamps: Power, Scanner status (Function Number Display)
16 Bundled Software -FJ Twain Supplied by
-ScandAll PRO DVD-ROMs
-ISIS
-QuickScan PRO (demo version)
-Adobe Acrobat (latest version)
-Software Operation Panel (demo version)
-Visual Error Recovery Guide
‐Image Processing Software V2.5
-VRS_4.2
18 Option Item Specification Function
Imprinter fi-667PR Letter printing on the Refer to Chapter 8
option PA03576-D101 document
CGA option fi-677CGA Image processing Processing speed is
(fi-6670 only) PA03576-K001 (Threshold) deteriorated
slightly a bit.
Software IPC
Note 1) Actual scanning speed may be slow due to the system environment of the scanner.
Scanning speed for color is calculated with compression and Ultra SCSI or USB 2.0 interface.
Note 2) The feeding error rate is not applicable when the paper is longer than A3 or 11 x 17.
To specify length 864mm or over, resolution must be 200dpi or less.
Long page scanning may make the scanning speed deteriorated.
Note 3) Automatically sleep mode works, if scanner is not used.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 11
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.1.3
1.1.3 Environmental Specification

No. Items Specifications


1 Outer dimension 641 (W) x 432 (D) x 300 (H) mm *1
2 Installation space 1179 (W) x 686 (D) x 390 (H) mm *2
3 Weight 17kg (37.5lb) or less
4 Noise 53 dB or less
5 Input Voltage range AC100V to 240V ± 10%
power Phase Single phase
Frequency range 50/60Hz ± 3Hz
6 Power Operating 216 W or less (Rated power)
consumption Not operating 88W or less (at stand-by)
Sleep mode fi-6670: 6W or less
fi-6670A: 9.1W or less
7 Environmental Operating: 5 to 35 oC (41 to 95 oF)
Temperature
condition Not operating: -20 to 60 oC (-4 to 140 oF)
Operating: 20 to 80 %
Humidity
Not operating: 8 to 95 %
8 Calorific value Operating 186Kcal/Hr or less
Not operating 76Kcal/Hr or less (at stand-by)
Sleep mode fi-6670: 5.2Kcal/Hr or less
fi-6670A: 7.8Kcal/Hr or less
*1: Width – The operator panel excluded.
Depth – ADF Paper Chute and Stacker excluded.
*2: Reference value when scanning A4 size documents

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 12
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.1.4
1.1.4 Appearance

[Front]

3 4
Exit side 6
7
8
5
2

12
Feeder side

10

9 11

No. Parts name Function


1 Stacker Scanned documents are ejected from the ADF onto this stacker.
The height of the stacker is adjustable. It is also removable.
2 Stacker Extension Pull out the extension according to the document length.
3 Paper Stopper Raise it if the documents loaded are long.
4 ADF (Automatic Document Feeder) Feeds documents to the scanning position automatically. Documents
are fed sheet by sheet when loaded for batch scanning. Both sides of
documents can be scanned at one time.
5 ADF Buttons Open the ADF. Push the button down while opening the ADF.
6 Side Guide Prevents document from being skewed during feeding. Adjust the
guide to the width of the documents loaded.
7 ADF Paper Chute Holds the pages/sheets that are to be fed into the ADF.
Documents should be loaded face down.
8 Paper Chute Extension Pull out when scanning a long size documents.
9 Operator Panel The Operator Panel includes a Function Number Display,
operating push buttons, and a Check LED. Used to operate
the scanner and monitor its status.
Two panels are included; one on each side.
You can use whichever is convenient for you. The panels are
of quick-open type, and can be folded back in place when
not used.
10 Cable Cover Covers the AC cable and interface cables.
11 Hole for power switch and power inlet Power switch and power inlet are available with the cable cover
closed.
12 Side Guide Button Adjusts the position of the Side Guide when kept pressed. Locks the
Side Guide at the position when this button is released.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 13
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.1.4
[Sides]

Exit side

Feeder side (Inside of cable cover)


10
2 9
3
8
4

5 6 7

No. Parts name Function


1 EXT Connector A connector for connecting to the imprinter option
2 Main Power Switch Used to turn scanner ON and OFF.
3 Power Connector Connects a power cable.
4 Third-Party Slot Location where a CGA Interface Card or optional boards are installed.
(CGA board) * fi-6670: Used when CGA board is extended as option.
* Refer to [Interface] for details. * fi-6670A: Standard equipment
5 USB Interface Connector Connects a USB interface cable.
* Refer to [Interface] for details.
6 SCSI ID Switch Used to configure a SCSI ID. (ID=5 by factory setting)
* Refer to [Interface] for details. The ID which has been set here is reflected to the SCSI-ID of the CGA.
7 SCSI Interface Connector Connects a SCSI interface cable.
* Refer to [Interface] for details.
8 Certification Label

9 Manufacturing Label
fi-6670
PA03576-B50*

17

10 Electric Shock Hazard Label

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 14
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.1.4
[Interface]

CGA slot (fi-6670)

fi-6670

USB connector
SCSI connector
SCSI ID switch
CGA board (fi-6770A)

fi-6670A

SCSI connector USB connector SCSI connector

When connected to each interface, the name displayed on the Windows screen differs as shown in the table below.

Scanner Display Scanner driver


model Connector position FUJITSU TWAIN32 FUJITSU ISIS Kofax VRS
Scanner (SCSI/USB connector) side fi-6670dj fi-6670
fi-6670
CGA board side (option) Kofax VRS Scanner
Scanner (SCSI/USB connector) side fi-6670dj fi-6670
fi-6670A
CGA board side Kofax VRS Scanner

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 15
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.1.4
[Operator Panel]

[LED]
Power ON or OFF can be
confirmed with the cover closed.
Function

Check LED

Function Number Display


Send to Scan / Stop Power (LED)

Name Function
Function Number Display Indicates the function number and Error status (alarm).
Button Function Changes the Function activated by the [Send to] button.
Send to Launches the linked application software to run scanning, etc.
Resets an error.
Launches the Software Operation Panel when “C” is displayed on the Function
Number Display. (Keep pressing more than 1 second to activate.)
Scan / Stop Launches the linked application software to run scanning, etc.
Resets an error. (Keep pressing more than 1 second to activate.)
Cancels ongoing scanning (Initializes the Function Number Display.).
Power / Power LED Turns the scanner ON and OFF. Lights in green when the scanner is turned ON.
LED Check LED Lights (in orange) when an error occurs.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 16
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.1.5
1.1.5 Outer Dimensions

Unit: mm

(300)
(329)

(192) (641) (128)

(28) (432) (28)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 17
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.2.2
1.1.6 Document Specification
- Recommended Document Type
- Woodfree paper
- Paper containing wood

- Paper thickness
Paper thickness is expressed by the “Paper weight” specification. The following paper weights are available for ADF scanning.
When scanning paper other than the type or weight listed above, perform a test-scan with a few sheets before executing the
actual task in order to check whether or not the document can be scanned.
Paper size A8 A7 ~ A5 A4 / Letter / Legal B4 A3 / 11x17
Paper weight 127~209.3 g/ m2 31 to 209.3 g/ m2 52.3 to 209.3 g/m2
“Portrait” orientation only available for the following sizes of documents:
A8, Legal, B4, A3, 11x17

- Precautions 30mm or more Feeding


direction
Scanning the following documents through the ADF is not recommended
- Document of non-uniform thickness (e.g. envelopes) 3mm
- Wrinkled or curled documents (See right figure) or less
- Folded or torn documents
Leading edge Scanned side
- Tracing paper
- Coated paper
- Carbon paper
- Carbonless paper 30mm or more Feeding
direction
- Photosensitive paper
- Perforated or punched documents
5mm
- Documents that are not square or rectangular
or less
- Very thin documents
Leading edge Scanned side
- Photo (developing paper)

Do not scan the following documents through the ADF:


- Paper-clipped or stapled documents
- Documents where the ink is still wet
- Documents smaller than A8 (Portrait) in size
- Documents larger than A3 (297mm) size
- Documents other than paper such as fabric, metal foil or transparencies
- Important documents such as certificates and cash vouchers that must not get scratched or become smeared

• Carbonless paper contains chemical substances that may harm the Brake Rollers or paper-feeding rollers (e.g. Pick Rollers)
when documents are fed. Pay attention to the following:
Cleaning: If document jams occur frequently, clean the Brake Rollers and the Pick Rollers.
Replacing parts: The service life of the Brake Rollers and the Pick Rollers for scanning “carbonless paper” may be
shorter than that for scanning “wood containing paper.”
• The service life of the Brake Rollers and the Pick Rollers for scanning “wood containing paper” may become shorter than
that for scanning “woodfree paper.”
• The Brake Rollers or Pick Rollers could be damaged if any photos or sticky notes on your document have contact with the
Brake Rollers or Pick Rollers during scanning.
• Scanning documents of calendered paper, such as photos, ay damage their surface.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 18
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.2.5
1.1.7 Multi feed Detection Conditions
One of the following 3 methods of multi feed detection is available in the scanner.
- Check overlapping (Ultrasonic)
- Check length
- Check overlapping and length

The following conditions are required for each selection:


1) Check overlapping
- Paper weight: 31 ~ 209g/m2 (0.04 ~ 0.26mm)
- Punched holes are not allowed within 35 mm (1.4 in.) of the vertical centerline of the document
- Other paper shall not be glued within 35 mm (1.4 in.) of the vertical centerline of the document
- No other paper should be attached to the paper being scanned (photos, receipts, etc.)

2) Check length
- Document length deviation: 1 % or less
- Punched holes are not allowed within 35 mm (1.4 in.) of the vertical centerline of the document

3) Check overlapping and length


- Paper weight: 31 ~ 209g/m2 (0.04 ~ 0.26mm)
- Document length deviation: 1 % or less
- Punched holes are not allowed within 35 mm (1.4 in.) of the vertical centerline of the document
- Other paper shall not be glued within 35 mm (1.4 in.) of the vertical centerline of the document
- No other paper should be attached to the paper being scanned (photos, receipts, etc.)

When overlapping check is specified and glued paper or electro-statically charged paper is fed, a false multi feed may occur.
Multi feeds may be detected erroneously depending on the condition of the documents.

Read reference position Leading edge

Front
side

Feeding
direction

Trailing edge

Center of paper
(Unit: mm)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 19
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.2.1

1.2 ADF Unit


1.2.1 ADF

(1) Paper separation


The Pick arm is usually raised except when scanning operation is performed. When the Empty sensor detects that documents
are loaded on the ADF paper chute and PC starts scanning, the Pick arm presses documents onto the Pick roller to insure proper
picking. The Pick roller rotates to send the lowest document to the ADF. Documents are separated respectively by the
Separation roller and the Brake roller. The Pick sensor detects paper jams. The DF sensor detects whether there is notch on the
leading edge of paper (Job separation sheet). The Ultrasonic sensor and the DF sensor detect when multifeed errors occur. The
TOP sensor located at the Feed roller determines when to begin scanning. The front side of a document is scanned by the lower
optical unit, and backside is scanned by the upper unit. The scanned documents are deposited on the stacker by the Feed rollers.
When the Pick sensor detects the trailing edge of a document, the next document is picked.
The paper feeding unit also includes the Cover open sensor and Pick arm position detection sensor.

Brake roller ADF paper chute


Optical unit for backside TOP sensor Pick arm
(Optical unit ADF)

Feed roller

Switch unit for front side


(Background unit B) Empty sensor

Feed roller
Pick roller
Pick rollers
Separation roller

Ultra sonic sensor DF sensor (OMR sensor)


(US) sensor Pick sensor on the back
Switch unit for backside Optical unit for front side
(Background unit F) (Optical unit ADF)

(2) Consumables
The Pick roller and Separation roller are included in the pick roller. The Brake roller is sold separately. These items are
consumables and are the user’s responsibility to replace (Refer to Section 7.3.1 for details).
The scanner supports two consumable counters, the brake roller counter and the pick roller counter. These counters indicate
the number of sheets scanned since each consumable has been replaced. Users can check the counters from the “Scanners and
Cameras” in Windows Control Panel or the Software Operation Panel on the PC or using the scanner built-in Maintenance
mode. They can also reset the counters from these locations after the consumables have been replaced. (Refer to Section 7.3
for details.)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 20
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.2.1
(3) Motor drive system
The Pick roller, Separation roller and Chute roller are turned by the Pick motor. The Feed roller and Eject roller are turned by
the Feed motor. The Pick arm and background are driven up and down by the respective BW motors. The motor drive circuit
is located on the Control PCA. If abnormal electric current runs through the motor drive circuit, the current is cut off by the
motor fuses located in the Control PCA.

Feed motor

Feed roller

Eject roller Pick arm position detection sensor


(sensor)
Background drive motor
(BW motor)
Pick arm drive motor
Background position detection sensor
(BW motor)
(sensor)

Pick arm

Pick roller

Brake roller
Separation roller
Chute roller
White background (backside)
White background (front side)

Pick motor

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 21
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.2.2
1.2.2 Reading Station

(1) Optical system


Documents shall be set in the ADF paper chute, front side face down. The front side of the document is scanned by the lower
Optical unit in the ADF, and the backside of the document is scanned by the upper Optical unit in the ADF. These two optical
units have the same parts number.

The image on the document is projected to a color CCD through a lens and mirror system and converted to image signals that
are 10 bit per pixel at 600 dpi resolution.

(2) Light source and heater


The scanner uses two lamps (White cold cathode discharge lamp) for ADF front / ADF back respectively which lights the
scanning area of front and back side in order to get sufficient CCD output. The lamp is turned ON or OFF by an inverter that is
controlled by the Control PCA.
The life of the lamps is approximately 10,000 hours, which means the lamps last the life of the scanner.

The lamps have heaters and thermistors attached, which are controlled to stabilize the lamp temperatures while the power is
supplied. The power of the lamps and heaters are cut OFF during sleep mode.

The ADF Optical units have two lamps with heaters respectively. To replace the lamps, the corresponding Background unit
needs to be replaced.

(3) Scan controller


Before scanning a document, the scanner scans the white background of the scanning position and adjusts the gain of the CCD
amplifier. If the CCD output does not reach a reference level after the gain adjustment, an Optical alarm is issued.
White Stored in White level memory
255

Standard output

Low output
Optical alarm

Initial output

0
Pixel
Black Left edge Center
Figure 1.2.2 AGC (Automatic Gain Control)

When the gain adjustment is completed successfully, the scanner feeds the document to the scanning position at the speed that
corresponds to the specified scanning resolution. The leading edge of the document is detected by the TOP sensor in front of the
scanning position. The document is fed from the TOP sensor by some defined length for front and back side scanning (the
length which determines sub-scanning offset), the scanner starts scanning the image. The scanner terminates the scan operation
when the length specified from the host is scanned (Fixed size scanning) or when the TOP sensor detects the trailing edge of the
document (Page end detection scanning).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 22
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.3

1.3 Controller

(1) Control PCA


The Control PCA controls the units in the block diagram below by 2 types of software, one for interface control (SDC) and
another for mechanical control (MDC). The firmware can be updated through the SCSI/USB interface using the firmware
update tool. Firmware version number can be confirmed in the procedure described in Section 6.1.7.
SIRIUS-US
サー
Therm- センサ
センサ モータ
モータ
ミスタ センサ
センサ モータ
モータ
istors センサ Motor
Sensor

ME2-CTA Receive US sensor


DFセンサ受信 IMP-CT ME2-CCD
Feeding motor driver
搬送モータドライバ オプション
Option (Option)
(オプション) CCD
IF Image Pick motor driver 制御
IF出力 画処理 Sensor
センサ ピックモータドライバ control
output process Detection AFE
検出 Pressure motor driver AFE LVDS(T/R)
付圧モータドライバ AFE ランプ
Lamp
Background motor driver heater
ヒータ
Temperature monitoring
温度監視 サー
Therm- 裏当てモータドライバ
ミスタ
ME-BP istors
Send
超音波 ultra- ME2-CCD
conic sensor LVDS(T/R) CCD
TPS/IPC センサ送信 LVDS(T/R)

AFE
AFE LVDS(T/R)
ランプ/ヒータ制御 AFE ランプ
Lamp
ファン
Fan CPU モータ制御
Motor
モータ制御 ランプ/ヒータ制御
Lamp/heater control heater
ヒータ
control

ME2-CSLA ME2-CSLB
EEPROM
SW
SW SW
SW
SW
SW Function No. SW
SW Function No.
8管・LED
display/LED 8管・LED
display/LED

Figure 1.3 Function Block Diagram

The Control PCA includes the following connectors and a switch exteriorly.
■ DC voltage input connector
■ EXT connector (for Imprinter, option)
■ SCSI connector (1)
■ USB connector (1)
■ SCSI ID setting rotary switch
■ CGA board (SCSI connector x1, USB connector x1) fi-6670A only
■ Connector for third party slot (for CGA option) fi-6670 only

If both the SCSI and USB cables are connected at the same time,
- SCSI is selected when SCSI selection phase is recognized first.
- USB is selected when USB H level VBUS signal is detected first.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 23
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 1.3
(2) Panel PCA
This scanner has two placement methods, one of which places the ADF paper chute at the right side, another places it at the left.
For easy operation at either setting, two operator panels are available (Section 1.1.4 for the button and lamp allocation).
Therefore, two Panel PCAs (Panel PCA A/Panel PCA B) are provided. Both have the same functions but only the Panel PCA A
has the EEPROM that records the information below. When replacing the Panel PCA A with a new one, you need to save all the
data stored in the EEPROM to the Control PCA temporarily (Section 6.2). Once the Panel PCA is replaced, the data that was
copied to the Control PCA needs to be copied to the new Panel PCA A (Section 6.1.8).
■ Magnification correction value for main/sub-scanning direction / Offset correction value for main/sub-scanning
direction
■ White level correction value
■ Values of Brake roller counter and Pick roller counter
■ Firmware version number, First date of the scanner operation, the number of documents scanned by ADF
■ Remaining ink, Print cartridge counter (only when the Imprinter is installed)

(3) Sleep mode


If a scan operation is not performed for over the specified period, the scanner automatically goes into the Sleep mode. This
specified period is set at 15 minutes at the factory. However, you can change the period for this mode by the Software
Operation Panel in Section 7.1.3. During this mode, the lamp heaters turn off and the Function Number display is turned OFF,
only the power LED remains ON.
Perform one of the operations below to return from the Sleep mode.
- Set document on the ADF paper chute.
- Press either of buttons on the operator panel.
- Execute a command from the scanner driver.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 24
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.4

1.4 Cable Connection Diagram

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 25
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.5

1.5 Diagram of Power Supply System

ADF unit
F1
Motor ADF motor
2.5A
24V
F2 Pick arm drive BW motor
2.5A Background drive BW motor
PIC motor

Lamp F5
Inverter
24V 2.5A (ADF front unit)
F3
Control Inverter
2.5A
PCA (ADF back unit)
F4 Fan
Ext. FAN:
1.5A Imprinter
24V
F8
5V Regulator Operator panel A
5A
F6
4.0A TPS board
Operator panel B
F7 Logic
5V for CUT 2.5A circuit
12V Logic
15V Regulator
circuit

The Pin assignment of the connector between Power supply and Control PCA (CN15) is as follows.

PIN 1 +24V

PIN 2 GND
CONNECTOR(CN15)

PIN 3 -15V

PIN 4 GND

PIN 5 +15V

PIN 6 ON/OFF SIGNAL

PIN 7 +5V

PIN 8 +5V

PIN 9 GND

PIN 10 GND

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 26
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 2.1

Chapter 2 Installation
2.1 Unpacking the Scanner

Injury: This scanner weighs 17kg, 37.5lb. (Shipping weight: 25kg, 55.1lb.). One person lifting the scanner may cause
personal injury.

Follow the procedure below to unpack the scanner. Make sure that all the accessories are included in the package.
(1) Cut the tape and open the box.
(2) Remove the appended goods box.
(3) Remove the cushions TF and TR, and then remove the scanner from the box.
(4) Remove the scanner from the polyethylene bag.
(5) Remove all the accessories and remove the tape protecting the scanner.

The following table lists the packaging configuration.

No. Items Quantity


1 Appended goods box (Items included: ADF paper chute, stacker, CD-ROM, Manual, etc.) 1
2 Cushion TR 1
3 Cushion TF 1
4 Scanner in Polyethylene bag 1
5 Cushion BR 1
6 Cushion BL 1
7 Lower package box 1

Appended goods box

ADF paper chute

Cushions (T)

Scanner

Polyethylene bag Cushions (B)

Outer box

Figure 2.1 Packaging configuration

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 27
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 2.2.1

2.2 Installing the Scanner


2.2.1 For Safety Installation

Before installing the scanner, read the following precautions carefully to avoid scanning trouble.
Refer to Section 1.1.3 “Environmental Specification” for information on input power and Section 1.1.5 for outer dimensions.

■ Install the scanner away from strong magnetic fields and other sources of noise.
■ Do not install the scanner near heating apparatus or in the direct sunlight.
■ Install the scanner in a location which is level and subject to minimal vibration.
■ Do not install the scanner in locations subject to humidity and dust.
■ Do not block the ventilation ports.
■ Protect the scanner from static electricity.
■ Use attached AC Cable, and use proper AC voltage.

Make sure the rubber pads on the bottom of the scanner are level on the table or desk.

2.2.2 Installation
Install the scanner by following the procedures below.

1) Place the scanner at its installation site.

2) Attach the Chute ASSY and the Stacker ASSY on the scanner (Section 5.7.1, 5.7.3).

3) Open the Cable Cover and connect the scanner to the PC either with a USB or SCSI cable. Refer to Section 1.1.4 for the
positions of the connection ports.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 28
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 2.2.2
Note 1 Use either the USB interface or the SCSI interface.
Note 2 If Kofax VRS is not used on the fi-6670A, connect the cable to USB Connector 1 or SCSI Connector 1 on the
scanner.
Note 3 When using the USB interface:
• Be sure to use the USB cable which comes as an accessory with this scanner.
• When connecting to an USB hub, use the first stage USB hub that is closest to the computer. If you
use the second or later hub stages, the scanner may not operate correctly.
• If you connect the scanner with USB 2.0, it is required that the USB port and the Hub be compliant
with USB 2.0. The scanning speed slows down when you connect the scanner with USB 1.1.
Note 4 When using the SCSI interface, the following SCSI cable and CSCI card must be purchased.
• SCSI cable:
Use a SCSI cable whose connector on the computer side mates the connector on the SCSI card
attached to your computer.
On the scanner side, use either of the following SCSI cable types depending on the connector (1 or
2) used:
SCSI Connector 1: 50-pin high-density type
SCSI Connector 2: 68-pin high-density type
• SCSI card:
Find the recommended SCSI card information on the Fujitsu website (FAQ):
http://www.fujitsu.com/global/support/computing/peripheral/scanners/scsi/
• In a SCSI daisy chain configuration, connect the scanner so that it is the terminated device.
• The SCSI ID initially set at the factory is [5]. If the SCSI ID of another SCSI device is set to the
same ID, change the scanner's SCSI ID to either one of [0] through [7].

4) Connect the Power cable to the Power Connector of your scanner to the power outlet.

1. Be sure to use the supplied power cable. Use of other power cables may cause electrical shock or
malfunction.
2. Do not use the supplied power cable for other products. Doing so may cause electrical shock or malfunction.

5) Close the Cable Cover. (Let the cables out from the side slots of the scanner.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 29
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 2.2.2
6) Install the bundled software.

The following scanner drivers and application software are included with the scanner.

y FUJITSU TWAIN 32 (Scanner driver)


y FUJITSU ISIS (Scanner driver)
y Software Operation Panel (For configuring the scanning operation and consumable control)
y Error Recovery Guide (When a scanner error occurs, a guide to resolve the error can be displayed on the screen.)
y ScandAll PRO (demo version) (FUJITSU TWAIN 32/ISIS scanner driver needs to be installed)
y QuickScan ProTM (trial) (FUJITSU ISIS scanner driver needs to be installed)
y Scan to Microsoft SharePoint (Software for uploading the images scanned by ScandAll PRO onto SharePoint site)
y Image Processing Software Option * (Software option for binary-image-processing to the scanned images)
y Kofax VRS * (Software option for creating high-quality images with an easy operation)
y Manual
y Adobe Acrobat 8.1 Standard

*: Enclosed with fi-6670A.

Installing the TWAIN 32 / ISIS scanner driver automatically installs the scanner configuration program (Software
Operation Panel) simultaneously.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 30
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Chapter 3

Chapter 3 Maintenance Parts


04

Old/New
Quantity
Replacement
No. Description Part Number Procedure
Appearance Remarks
fi-6670 fi-6670A

Includes ADF FIX UNIT and


PA03576-D820 1 1 O
0 ADF UNIT 5.9.1 3.36 ADF REV UNIT.
See the Note *1 when using Old
PA03576-D880 1 1 N or New part.
1 ADF FIX UNIT PA03576-D821 1 1 5.9.2 3.1
2 OPTICAL UNIT ADF PA03576-D805 1 1 5.12.1 3.19
3 BACK GROUND UNIT F PA03576-D801 1 1 5.12.4 3.3
4 INVERTER PA03338-D815 1 1 5.12.2 3.5
5 US SENSOR PA03334-F902 1 1 5.10.3 3.6 For scanning the front side
6 US PCA PA03338-K906 1 1 5.10.4 3.7
7 SENSOR PA03338-D816 1 1 5.10.5 3.8 For detecting hopper empty
8 PICK SENSOR PA03338-D845 1 1 5.10.2 3.9
Black (of black/transparent per
9 DF SENSOR PA03338-D817 1 1 5.10.8 3.10
set)
10 PICK MOTOR PA03576-D803 1 1 5.12.3 3.12
11 HK RING ME PA03338-D941 1 1 5.12.5 3.13 4 pieces per set
12 PANEL UNIT A PA03576-D824 1 1 5.7.4 3.29
13 PANEL PCA A PA03576-D825 1 1 5.7.4 3.30
14 PANEL UNIT B PA03576-D826 1 1 5.7.5 3.31
15 PANEL PCA B PA03576-D827 1 1 5.7.5 3.32
PA03576-D822 1 1 O See the Note *1 when using Old
16 ADF REV UNIT 5.9.2 3.2
PA03576-D881 1 1 N or New part.
17 OPTICAL UNIT ADF PA03576-D805 1 1 5.11.2 3.19
18 BACK GROUND UNIT B PA03576-D802 1 1 5.11.8 3.4
19 INVERTER PA03338-D815 1 1 5.11.1 3.5
20 US SENSOR PA03334-F902 1 1 5.10.6 3.6 For scanning the backside
For detecting pick arm position
5.11.3
21 SENSOR PA03338-D816 2 2 3.8 For detecting background
5.11.6
position
Transparent (of black/transparent
22 DF SENSOR PA03338-D817 1 1 5.10.8 3.10
per set)
23 GUIDE S ASSY PA03576-D815 1 1 5.10.1 3.11
5.11.3
24 BW MOTOR PA03338-D822 2 2 3.14
5.11.5
25 FEED MOTOR PA03576-D804 1 1 5.11.4 3.15
26 BELT ADF PA03338-D915 1 1 5.11.4 3.16
27 TOP SENSOR PA03338-D826 1 1 5.10.7 3.17
28 SENSOR OP PA03338-D917 1 1 5.11.7 3.18
*1: The “New” maintenance part has a ball bearing for the shaft bearing at the Feed roller side.
This part is applied to the scanner with version “A2” and later.
When replacing the part on the scanner with version “A2” or later, be sure to replace it with the “New” part.
The “Old” part is compatible with the “New” part as follows:
Old Æ New: Compatible, New Æ Old: Not compatible
[How to confirm the scanner version]
The last number that is deleted with the double
strike-through is the scanner version.
The illustration of theMODEL
manufacturing label indicates 100-240V~ 2.0-0.9A 50/60Hz 1φ
fi-6x70
the version “A2”. PART NO. PA03576-B00* A 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SER.NO. ****** 35kg B 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DATA ****-**
[ Barcord Print Area ]

PFU Limited
a Fujitsu company MADE IN ***********

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 31
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Chapter 3
04
<Maintenance Parts - Cont’d)

Old/New
Quantity
Replacement
No. Description Part Number Procedure
Appearance Remarks
fi-6670 fi-6670A

29 CONTROL PCA PA03576-D823 1 1 5.8.4 3.20


30 DIMM PA03576-D839 2 2 5.8.7 3.35
Rated current: 630mA
31 FUSE 1 PA03576-D841 1 1 5.8.5 3.22 Nennstrom: 630 mA
*3 05
Rated current: 2.5A
32 FUSE 2 PA03576-D842 3 3 5.8.5 3.23 Nennstrom: 2,5 A
*4 05
Rated current: 4.0A
33 FUSE 3 PA03576-D843 1 1 5.8.5 3.24 Neestrom: 4,0 A
*5 05
34 (Reserved)
35 POWER SUPPLY PA03338-D840 1 1 5.8.2 3.25
36 FAN ASSY PA03338-D847 1 1 5.8.3 3.33
37 CGA BOARD PA03576-K801 (1) 1 5.8.6 3.34 *2
38 DIMM PA03576-D839 (1) 1 5.8.6 3.35 *2
39 STACER ASSY PA03576-D808 1 1 5.7.3 3.26
40 CHUTE ASSY PA03573-D809 1 1 5.7.1 3.27
41 CHUTE ROLLER PA03338-D933 1 1 5.7.2 3.28
*2: If the CGA option [fi-677CGA] is installed on the fi-6670, order the same part.
05
*3: Silk-printed number on the Fuse for fi-6670X: F2
Use the specified Fuse only.
*4: Silk-printed numbers on the Fuses for fi-6670X: F1, F3, F5
Use the specified Fuses only.
*5: Silk-printed number on the Fuse for fi-6670X: F9
Use the specified Fuse only.

*3: Seidendrucknummer auf der Sicherung für fi-6670X: F2


Verwenden Sie nur die angegebene Sicherung.
*4: Seidendrucknummer auf den Sicherungen für fi-6670X: F1, F3, F5
Verwenden Sie nur die angegebenen Sicherungen.
*5: Seidendrucknummer auf der Sicherung für fi-6670X: F9
Verwenden Sie nur die angegebene Sicherung.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 32
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.1

3.1 ADF FIX Unit


Description Parts No. Remarks
The following parts are included:
Optical unit ADF, Background unit F, Inverter, US sensor, US PCA,
Sensor (for detecting hopper empty), Pick sensor, DF sensor, Pick
motor, HK Ring ME
ADF FIX UNIT PA03576-D822 White level adjustment sheet and Ultrasonic sensor adjustment sheet are
enclosed.
After replacing this part, perform the sensor test, sub-scanning
magnification adjustment, offset adjustment, white level adjustment and
ultrasonic sensor adjustment, and reset the consumable counters.

3.2 ADF Rev Unit


Description Parts No. Remarks
The following parts are included:
Optical unit ADF, Background unit B, Inverter, US sensor,
Sensor (for detecting pick arm position and background position),
DF sensor, Guide S ASSY, BW motor, Feed motor, Belt ADF,
TOP sensor, Sensor OP
The following adjustment sheets and labels are enclosed.
[Adjustment sheet]
- White level adjustment sheet
- Ultrasonic sensor adjustment sheet
[Manufacturing label]
04 - Label for fi-6670
ADF REV UNIT PA03576-D822 (Old) - Label for fi-6670A
PA03576-D881 (New) After replacing this part, perform the sensor test, sub-scanning
magnification adjustment, offset adjustment, white level adjustment
and ultrasonic sensor adjustment, and reset the consumable
counters. 04
The “New” maintenance part has a ball bearing for the shaft bearing
at the Feed roller side.
This part is applied to the scanner with version “A2” and later.
When replacing the part on the scanner with version “A2” or later,
be sure to replace it with the “New” part.
The “Old” part is compatible with the “New” part as follows:
Old Æ New: Compatible, New Æ Old: Not compatible

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 33
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.3

3.3 Back Ground Unit F

Description Parts No. Remarks


Includes the lamp for front side scanning and the
background for backside scanning.
BACK GROUND UNIT F PA03576-D801 White level adjustment sheet is enclosed.
After replacing this part, perform the offset
adjustment and white level adjustment.

3.4 Back Ground Unit B

Description Parts No. Remarks


Includes the lamp for backside scanning and the
background for front side scanning.
BACK GROUND UNIT B PA03576-D802 White level adjustment sheet is enclosed.
After replacing this part, perform the offset
adjustment and white level adjustment.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 34
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.5

3.5 Inverter

Description Parts No. Remarks


After replacing this part, perform the white level
INVERTER PA03338-D815
adjustment.

3.6 US Sensor

Description Parts No. Remarks


Ultrasonic sensor adjustment sheet is enclosed.
US SENSOR PA03576-F902 After replacing this part, perform the ultrasonic
sensor adjustment.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 35
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.7

3.7 US PCA

Description Parts No. Remarks


Ultrasonic sensor adjustment sheet is enclosed.
US PCA PA03334-K906 After replacing this part, perform the ultrasonic
sensor adjustment.

3.8 Sensor
Description Parts No. Remarks

SENSOR PA03338-D816 After replacing this part, perform the sensor test.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 36
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.9

3.9 Pick Sensor

Description Parts No. Remarks

PICK SENSOR PA03338-D845 After replacing this part, perform the sensor test.

3.10 DF Sensor

Description Parts No. Remarks

DF SENSOR PA03338-D817 2 pieces are a pair.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 37
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.11

3.11 Guide S ASSY

Description Parts No. Remarks

GUIDE S ASSY PA03576-D815

3.12 Pick Motor

Description Parts No. Remarks


After replacing this part, perform the sub-scanning
PICK MOTOR PA03576-D803
magnification adjustment.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 38
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.13

3.13 HK Ring ME

Description Parts No. Remarks


4 pieces per set
HK RING ME PA03338-D941 After replacing this part, perform the sub-scanning
magnification adjustment and offset adjustment.

3.14 BW Motor

Description Parts No. Remarks

BW MOTOR PA03338-D822 After replacing this part, perform the sensor test.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 39
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.15

3.15 Feed Motor

Description Parts No. Remarks


After replacing this part, perform the sub-scanning
FEED MOTOR PA03576-D804
magnification adjustment and offset adjustment.

3.16 Belt ADF

Description Parts No. Remarks


After replacing this part, perform the sub-scanning
BELT ADF PA03338-D915
magnification adjustment and offset adjustment.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 40
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.17

3.17 Top Sensor

Description Parts No. Remarks


After replacing this part, perform the sub-scanning
TOP SENSOR PA03338-D826
magnification adjustment and offset adjustment.

3.18 Sensor OP

Description Parts No. Remarks

SENSOR OP PA03338-D917 After replacing this part, perform the sensor test.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 41
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.19

3.19 Optical Unit ADF

Description Parts No. Remarks


The following parts are enclosed.
- White level adjustment is enclosed.
- OPT SPACER B (Use it when the one for
OPTICAL UNIT ADF PA03576-D805
backside scanning is lost)
After replacing this part, perform the offset
adjustment and white level adjustment.

3.20 Control PCA

Description Parts No. Remarks


Includes the replaceable fuses.
Use the specified Fuses only.
CONTROL PCA PA03576-D823 Verwenden Sie nur die angegebene
Sicherung
05

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 42
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.21

3.21 (Reserved)

3.22 Fuse 1

Description Parts No. Remarks


Rated current: 630mA “F2”
FUSE 1 PA03576-D841 Nennstrom: 630 mA “F2”
05

3.23 Fuse 2

Description Parts No. Remarks


Rated current: 2.5A “F1, F3, F5”
FUSE 2 PA03576-D842 Nennstrom: 2,5 A “F1, F3, F5”
05

3.24 Fuse 3

Description Parts No. Remarks


Rated current: 4.0A “F9”
FUSE 3 PA03576-D843 Nennstrom: 4,0A “F9”
05

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 43
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.25

3.25 Power Supply

Description Parts No. Remarks

POWER SUPPLY PA03338-D840

3.26 Stacker ASSY

Description Parts No. Remarks

STACKER ASSY PA03576-D808

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 44
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.27

3.27 Chute ASSY

Description Parts No. Remarks

CHUTE ASSY PA03576-D809 Including Chute roller.

3.28 Chute Roller

Description Parts No. Remarks

CHUTE ROLLER PA03338-D933

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 45
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.29

3.29 Panel Unit A

Description Parts No. Remarks


Includes Section 3.30 (Panel PCA A).
PANEL UNIT A PA03576-D824 EEPROM data have to be saved before this unit is
replaced and restored after replacement.

3.30 Panel PCA A

Description Parts No. Remarks


There is a sticker of “A” on this PCA to show that
this is Panel PCA A.
PANEL PCA A PA03576-D825
EEPROM data have to be saved before this unit is
replaced and restored after replacement.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 46
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.31

3.31 Panel Unit B

Description Parts No. Remarks

PANEL UNIT B PA03576-D826 Includes Section 3.32 (Panel PCA B).

3.32 Panel PCA B

Description Parts No. Remarks


There is a sticker of “B” on this PCA to show that
PANEL PCA B PA03576-D827
this is Panel PCA B.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 47
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.33

3.33 Fan ASSY

Description Parts No. Remarks

FAN ASSY PA03338-D847

3.34 CGA Board

Description Parts No. Remarks


For fi-6670A only
CGA BOARD PA03576-K801
DIMM is NOT installed.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 48
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 3.35

3.35 DIMM

Description Parts No. Remarks


Two DIMM’s are installed (standard).
DIMM PA03576-D839
One more DIMM is installed on the CGA board on fi-6670A.

The number of The number of


Model
DIMM’s on DIMM’s on Total Remarks
name
Control PCA CGA Board
CGA board is not installed on fi-6670 as standard,
fi-6670 2 Not in use 2 but fi-677CGA can be installed as an option.
fi-6670A 2 1 3

3.36 ADF Unit

Description Parts No. Remarks


ADF FIX UNIT and ADF REV UNIT are included.
White level adjustment sheet and Ultrasonic sensor adjustment sheet are
enclosed.
04
04 The “New” maintenance part has a ball bearing for the shaft bearing at the
ADF UNIT PA03576-D820 (Old) Feed roller side.
PA03576-D880 (New) This part is applied to the scanner with version “A2” and later.
When replacing the part on the scanner with version “A2” or later, be sure
to replace it with the “New” part.
The “Old” part is compatible with the “New” part as follows:
Old Æ New: Compatible, New Æ Old: Not compatible

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 49
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.1

Chapter 4 Troubleshooting
This section describes the self-diagnostic functions of the scanner, temporary errors and detection algorithms, and how to
troubleshoot them.

4.1 Operator panel display sequence at power-on

The following display is shown during initial processing (self-diagnostics).

Function No. Display Power LED Check LED Description


Displays “8” without blinking.

ON OFF Immediately after power-on, the scanner turns all the segments ON.

When the initial processing starts, the following is displayed.

Function No. Display Power LED Check LED Description


Displays “P” without blinking.

ON OFF Indicates the scanner is currently in initial processing


(self-diagnostics).

When the intensity of the lamp becomes near the reference value, the following is displayed.

Function No. Display Power LED Check LED Description


Displays “0” without blinking.

ON OFF Indicates the light intensity of the lamp almost reaches the reference
value.

When the initial processing terminates properly, the following is displayed.

Function No. Display Power LED Check LED Description


Displays default Function No. without blinking.

ON OFF Indicates the scanner is in ready state.

The Function No. is incremented by 1 every time the Function button is pressed. After Function No. 9 is displayed, the number
changes to “C” and then returns to “0”.
Any error at initial processing (self-diagnosis) appears on the Function Number Display.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 50
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.2

4.2 Temporary Errors and Alarms

4.2.1 Temporary Errors


Temporary errors occur during scanning operation and can be remedied by the operator. They are displayed on the PC screen
through the driver or on the operator panel.
The display and detection algorithm of the temporary errors are described below.

Temporary error display


When a temporary error occurs, the scanner displays the followings:
Function No. Display Power LED Check LED Description (supplement)
ON ON Displays “U” or “J” and an error number (0 ~ 9) alternately.
(orange)
Example)
When error “U0” occurs, the display sequence is:
“U” Î “SP” Î “0” Î “SP” ………
* “SP” signifies “Light off: Displays nothing.”
The interval of the display changes is about 0.5 second.
When Scan/Stop or Send to button is pressed while an error is displayed, the Function Number display returns to the “Ready”
status.

4.2.2 Alarms
Alarms require maintenance by an authorized service person. The following table shows the display and detection algorithm for
alarms. The alarms are displayed on a PC screen and/or on the operator panel (Function Number display).

When an alarm occurs, the scanner displays the followings on the operator panel:
Function No. Display Power LED Check LED Description (supplement)
ON ON Displays “A,” “C,” “E,” “F,” “H,” or “L” and an error number
(orange) (0 ~ 9) alternately.

Example)
When error “E0” occurs, the display sequence is:
“E” Î “SP” Î “0” Î “SP” ………
* “SP” signifies “Light off: Displays nothing.”
The interval of the display changes is about 0.5 second.
When Scan/Stop or Send to button is pressed while an error is displayed, the Function Number display returns to the “Ready”
status.

4.2.3 Error Recovery Guide


If the application “Error Recovery Guide” (Section 2.2.2) is installed in the PC, the corresponding error name and
error code are displayed on the PC screen when any error or scanner alarm comes up.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 51
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3

4.3 Troubleshooting
When a temporary error or an alarm occurs, find the troubleshooting procedure from the list in this section and go to the related
section for maintenance. Before starting the troubleshooting, get the following information from your customer to understand
whether the error is scanner-related or system-related.

・ Is the scanner operated correctly?


・ Are the fault symptoms reproducible by some setting of the driver?
(Check if the target scanner causes the same error by connecting with other computer system.)

Following table lists the case of troubleshooting described later in this section.

Scanner section
[Category: Device]
Related
Error description Error Recovery Guide message
section
Scanner does not turn ON.
4.3.1 ---
(No display on the operator panel)
Scanning does not start. 4.3.2 ---
Scanned image is distorted. 4.3.3 ---

[Category: Image]
Related
Error description Error Recovery Guide message
section
Resolution or gradation of scanned image is ---
4.3.4
unsatisfactory.
Too much jitter on scanned image 4.3.5 ---
Scanned image is misaligned 4.3.6 ---
Magnification of scanned image is incorrect 4.3.7 ---
Vertical streaks appear in scanned image 4.3.8 ---
Calibrating white level of scanned image 4.3.9 ---

[Category: Temporary error]


Function
No.Display Related
Error description Error Recovery Guide message
section
Check LED
None
“No paper on the ADF paper chute” 4.3.10 No Document in Hopper [038003 20]
---
J1 Top sensor jam [038001 31]
Paper jam Pick error [038001 50]
ON Eject jam [038001 36] Pick sensor jam [0380013A]
4.3.11
J9
Paper jam Dirty roller [038001 39]
ON
J2 Multifeed Detected (Length) [038007 56]
Multi feed 4.3.12
ON Multifeed Detected (US sensor) [038007 58]
U4
ADF cover open 4.3.13 Open Cover [038002 , 40]
ON

[Category: Alarm]
Function
No.Display Related
Error description Error Recovery Guide message
section
Check LED
C0 LSI1(VDCC3)Memory Read-Write error [044400 , E5]
Memory (LSI) alarm
ON LSI2(Pisces) Memory Read-Write error [044400 , E6]
4.3.29
C0 LSI1(VDCC3) [044400 , E9]
LSI alarm
ON LSI2(Pisces) [044400 , EA]
C8
Internal communication alarm 4.3.30 MDC command timeout1 [044400 , F0]
ON

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 52
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3
Scanner section
[Category: Alarm] (Cont’d)
Function
Related
No.Display Error description Error Recovery Guide message
section
Check LED
E2
Optical alarm (ADF front) AGC Control Failure(ADF front) [048006 , 74]
ON
4.3.16
E3
Optical alarm (ADF back) AGC Control Failure(ADF back) [048006 , 75]
ON
E6
Operator panel alarm 4.3.19 ---
ON
E7
EEPROM alarm 4.3.20 EEPROM Alarm [044400 D2]
ON
E8
SCSI fuse blown 4.3.21 ---
E9 Memory malfunction 044400 F5
044400 F6
Image memory alarm 4.3.22
ON 044400 F7
044400 F8
F
Flash RAM alarm 4.3.31 ---
F2
Drive system (pick arm) alarm 4.3.17 Pick arm overrun [048005 , C4]
ON
F4 Drive system (Background
4.3.26 Front-side Background overrun [048005 , C2]
ON switchover) alarm
F6
Fan alarm 4.3.27 FAN Stop [048007 , EC]
ON
H1
Motor fuse blown 4.3.17 Motor fuse alarm [048001 , 81]
ON
H5
TPS fuse blown 4.3.26 ---
ON
H7
Lamp fuse blown 4.3.18 Lamp fuse alarm [048003 , 84]
ON
L6
Ultrasonic sensor alarm Sensor malfunction [044400 02]
ON
4.3.28
L9
OMR sensor alarm OMR sensor malfunction [044400 03]
ON
--- Dirty optical system(front) [048006 , 72]
Optical alarm 4.3.16
Dirty optical system(back) [048006 , 73]
---
IPC (option board) alarm 4.3.26 IPC timeout [048008 , ED]
--- Invalid command [052000 FA]
Invalid CDB field [052400 FA]
Unsupported logical unit (LUN) [052500 FA]
Illegal command 4.3.32
Invalid field parameter list [052600 FA]
Command sequence error [052C00 FA]
Wrong windows combination [052C02 FA]
--- Message error [0B4300 FC]
Select/Reselect Failure [0B4500 FC]
SCSI parity error [0B4700 FC]
Interface alarm 4.3.33
Initiator Detected Error Message Received [0B4800 FC]
Overlapped Command Attempted [0B4E00 FC]
Image transfer error [0B8001 FC]

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 53
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3
Imprinter section
[Category: Temporary error]
Function
Related
No.Display Error description Error Recovery Guide message
section
Check LED
J1
Paper jam 4.3.11 Paper JAM Imprinter [038001 . 5A]
ON
U5
Imprinter cover open 4.3.13 Imprinter Cover Open [038002 4A]
ON
U6
No ink cartridge 4.3.14 No Head [038010 B4]
ON
U7
U7: Imprinting position error 4.3.15 Imprinting position detection error [038014 B9]
ON

[Category: Imprinter Alarm]


Function
Related
No.Display Error description Error Recovery Guide message
section
Check LED
A0
Imprinter Error (RAM) [048010 B2]
A1
Imprinter Error (Communication Timed Out) [048010 B3]
A2
Imprinter alarm 4.3.23 Imprinter Error (Printer head) [048010 B5]
A3
Imprinter Error (EEPROM) [048010 B6]
A4
Imprinter Error (ROM) [048010 B8]
ON
H6
Imprinter fuse blown 4.3.27 Imprinter fuse alarm [048011 , B1]
ON
--- Imprinter does not operate initially 4.3.34 ---
--- No imprinting/Imprinting distortion 4.3.35 ---
--- Imprinting form is dirty 4.3.36 ---

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 54
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.1

The troubleshooting should be conducted from item number 1 to the last item number in each table.
Continue the troubleshooting until the error is resolved.

4.3.1 Scanner Does not Turn ON (No display on the Operator Panel)

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Is the AC cable connected correctly? Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
Does the same symptom occur after and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
turning OFF and ON the scanner?
2 Connect the AC cable to a different wall ---
outlet.
3 Replace AC cable and see if the error is ---
resolved.
4 Replace Panel PCA A or Panel PCA B Refer to Section 5.7.4, 5.7.5.
and see if the error is resolved.
5 Replace Power supply and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.2.
error is resolved.
6 Replace Control PCA and see if the error Refer to Section 5.8.4.
is resolved.

4.3.2 Scanning Does not Start

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom appear after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Check the items listed in the right ・ Is the AC cable connected properly?
column. ・ Is the interface cable (SCSI or USB) connected properly?
・ Is the SCSI ID correctly set?
・ Is there documents loaded on the ADF paper chute?
・ Is the ADF cover completely closed?
・ If any temporary error or alarm is indicated, follow the
corresponding troubleshooting.

4.3.3 Scanned Image is Distorted

Due to the loose contact in connectors, cut wire in cables, or defective parts, scanned images may have regular consistent or
random patterns of distortion on them.

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Check the items listed in the right ・ Is the interface cable (SCSI or USB) connected properly?
column. ・ If any temporary error or alarm is indicated, follow the
corresponding troubleshooting.
2 Are the cables between the Control PCA ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
and the Optical unit ADF damaged? Or ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
are the connectors connected properly?
3 Replace the Optical unit ADF and see if ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
the error is resolved. ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
4 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 55
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.4
4.3.4 Resolution or Gradation of Scanned Image is Unsatisfactory

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Check the items listed in the right ・ Does the document satisfy the paper specifications described
column. in the Section 1.1.6?
・ Are the scan settings (resolution, density) correctly specified
in the application software used for the document being
scanned?
・ Is the interface cable (SCSI or USB) connected correctly?
・ If any temporary error or alarm is indicated, follow the
corresponding troubleshooting.
2 Clean the reading section (glass) and see Refer to Section 7.2.
if the error is resolved.
3 Clean the Feed rollers and Plastic rollers Refer to Section 7.2.
and see if the error is resolved.
4 Is the Optical unit ADF dirty? Refer to Sections 5.3.1 and 7.2 for the cleaning of Optical unit
Are the cables damaged? ADF.
Are the connectors for the Optical unit or
Background unit connected properly?
5 Replace the Optical unit and see if the ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
error is resolved. ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
6 Replace the Background unit and see if ADF back scanning: Replace Background unit F by referring to
the error is resolved. Section 5.12.1.
ADF front scanning: Replace Background unit B by referring to
Section 5.11.8.
7 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.5 Too Much Jitter on Scanned Image


The following shows a sample of scanned image when “Jitter” error occurs. This error occurs when the ADF feed roller do not
transport the document smoothly.

Scanned image with jitter

Normal scanned image

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the document satisfy the paper Refer to Section 1.1.6 for the document specification.
specification?
2 Clean the Feed rollers and the Plastic Refer to Section 7.2.
rollers and see if the error is resolved.
3 Check the Pick roller and Brake roller Check the consumable counter in the software operation panel
counter. Is it about the time to replace or in the built-in Maintenance mode (Section 6.1.6). When the
them? counter exceeds the values shown in Section 7.3.1, replace the
Pick roller or the Brake roller.
4 Are the cables between the Control PCA Refer to Sections 5.8.4 and 5.11.4.
and the Feed motor damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?
5 Is the Optical unit ADF installed ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
correctly? ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
6 Is the Belt ADF installed correctly? Refer to Section 5.11.4.
7 Is the Belt ADF damaged? Refer to Section 5.11.4.
8 Replace Feed motor and see if the error Refer to Section 5.11.4.
is resolved.
9 Replace the Optical unit ADF and see if ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
the error is resolved. ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
10 Replace the ADF unit and see if the error ADF Unit: Section 5.9.1
is resolved. ADF Fix Unit: Section 5.9.2
ADF Rev Unit: Section 5.9.2

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 56
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.6
4.3.6 Scanned Image is Misaligned

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Check the items listed in the right column. ・ Does the document satisfy the paper specifications
described in section 1.1.6?
・ Are the scan settings (document size, etc.) correct in the
application software used?
2 Clean the Feed rollers and the Plastic Refer to Section 7.2.
rollers and see if the error is resolved.
3 Adjust the offset by Maintenance mode. Refer to Section 6.1.4.
4 Check the Pick roller and Brake roller Refer to Section 6.1.6.
counter. Is it about the time to replace
them?
5 Is the Optical unit ADF installed ADF front: Section 5.12.1.
correctly? ADF back: Section 5.11.2.
6 Replace the defective Optical unit ADF ADF front: Section 5.12.1.
and see if the error is resolved. ADF back: Section 5.11.2.
7 Replace the ADF unit and see if the error ADF Unit: Section 5.9.1.
is resolved. ADF Fix Unit: Section 5.9.2.
ADF Rev Unit: Section 5.9.2.

4.3.7 Magnification of Scanned Image is Incorrect

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Check the items listed in the right Are the scan settings (resolution, etc.) correct in the application
column. software used?
2 Does the abnormal magnification occur Sub-scanning direction: Go to item No.3
horizontally (main scanning direction) or Main scanning direction Go to item No.8
vertically (sub-scanning direction)?
3 Clean the Feed rollers and the Plastic Refer to Section 7.2.
rollers and see if the error is resolved.
4 Is there a foreign object in the roller Referring to step (1) in Section 5.11.4, remove the ADF cover,
section of the ADF, affecting the rotation and check the ADF belt.
of the Feed rollers?
5 Adjust the vertical magnification in the Refer to Section 6.1.3.
Maintenance mode.
6 Is the Belt ADF loose? Refer to Section 5.11.4.
7 Replace the Feed motor and see if the Refer to Section 5.11.4.
error is resolved.
8 Is the Optical unit ADF installed ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
correctly? ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
9 Replace the defective Optical unit ADF
and see if the error is resolved.
10 Replace the ADF unit and see if the error ADF Unit: Section 5.9.1
is resolved. ADF Fix Unit: Section 5.9.2
ADF Rev Unit: Section 5.9.2

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 57
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
n 4.3.8
4.3.8 Vertical Streaks Appear in Scanned Image

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Check the items listed in the right Is the interface cable connected properly?
column.
2 When vertical streaks appear on the front Cleaning ADF: Refer to Section 7.2
side image, clean the scanning area of the
front side and the front side background
unit (photo on the right). Backside scanning area Front side background

When vertical streaks appear on the


backside image, clean the scanning area
of the backside and the backside
background unit (photo on the right).

Backside background Front side scanning area

Front side: Vertical streaks and cleaning position are left-right


reversal.
Backside: Vertical streaks and cleaning position are on the same side.

←Vertical streaks at left of front


image: Clean right side.

←Vertical streaks at left of


back image: Clean left side.

3 Inside of the glasses at the scanning area Background unit F: Section 5.12.4.
or white reference may be dirty. Background unit B: Section 5.11.8.
Replace the Background unit.
4 Is the Optical unit dirty? Refer to Sections 7.2, 5.11.2 and 5.12.1.
Are the cables damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?
5 Replace the Optical unit and see if the ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
error is resolved. ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
6 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 58
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.9
4.3.9 Calibrating White Level of Scanned Image

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Check the items listed in the right ・ Are the scan settings (density, number of colors) correct for
column. the application software used?
・ Is the sheet guide (White part) in the ADF dirty?
2 Perform the white level adjustment in Refer to Section 6.1.5.
Maintenance mode.

4.3.10 “No Paper on the ADF Paper Chute”

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Is there a slip of paper left near the Open the ADF and check inside visually.
Empty sensor?
3 Check the performance of the Empty Enter Maintenance mode #1 (Section 6.1.2) to check the sensor
sensor. operation.
If the error still occurs, confirm that the cable is correctly
connected then replace the sensor (Section 5.10.5).

4.3.11 J1, J9: Paper Jam

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Do the documents satisfy the paper Refer to Section 1.1.6 for the paper specifications.
specification?
2 Have the documents been prepared ・ Align the edge of documents for stable paper feeding.
properly? ・ Remove documents with creases or dog-ear corners.
・ Scanning different widths documents may cause skew
and result in paper jam.
3 Is the imprinter EXT cable connected to (only when the imprinter is installed)
the scanner properly? Refer to the cable in “1” of Section 1.1.4 [Sides].
4 Clean the Pick roller, the Separation Refer to Section 7.2.
roller, the Brake roller and the Chute
roller and see if the error is resolved.
5 Clean the Feed rollers and the Plastic Refer to Section 7.2.
rollers and see if the error is resolved.
6 Replace the Pick roller, the Brake roller Check the consumable counter in the built-in Maintenance
and the Chute roller, and see if the error mode (Section 6.1.6). When the counter exceeds the values
is resolved. shown in Section 7.3.1, replace the Pick roller or the Brake
roller.
7 Check the performance of the Pick arm. If it does not perform correctly, replace BW motor (pick arm
side). Refer to Section 5.11.3.
8 Check the performance of TOP sensor. Refer to Section 6.1.2.
9 Is the Pick sensor malfunctioning? Refer to Section 6.1.2.
10 Check whether the Sensor OPB5 lever (only when the imprinter is installed)
moves smoothly. If not, install it Refer to Section 8.6.6.2.
properly. Replace the Sensor OPB5 if it is damaged.
11 If the imprinter rollers do not rotate, (only when the imprinter is installed)
replace the Feed motor. Refer to Section 8.6.6.3.
12 Replace the Imprinter Control PCA. (only when the imprinter is installed)
Refer to the Section 8.6.5.
13 Replace the scanner Control PCA. (only when the imprinter is installed)
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 59
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.12
4.3.12 J2: Multi feed
Item Check items How/where to check
No.
1 Do the documents satisfy the paper Refer to Section 1.1.6 for paper specification, paying attention
specification? to the following points:
・ Is multifeed error detected by paper length when
scanning documents with different length?
・ Are there perforations in the center of the documents?
2 Are the document handled well? Check whether the paper is handled as described in step (2) of
Section 7.1.2.
3 Clean the ADF unit. Refer to Section 7.2 for cleaning cycle and method. Clean the
Pick roller, the Brake roller, the Ultrasonic sensor and the DF
sensor with care.
4 Replace the Pick roller and the Brake Check the consumable counter in the built-in Maintenance
roller and see if the error is resolved. mode (Section 6.1). When the counter exceeds the values
shown in Section 7.3.1, replace the Pick roller or the Brake
roller.
5 Check the performance of the Ultrasonic Enter Maintenance mode #8 (Section 6.1.9) and adjust the
sensor and the DF sensor. ultrasonic sensor.
If the error still occurs, confirm that the cables are correctly
connected then replace the corresponding sensor.
US Sensor: Section 5.10.3
US Sensor: Section 5.10.6
US PCA: Section 5.10.4
DF Sensor: Section 5.10.8

4.3.13 U4: ADF Cover Open / U5: Imprinter cover open


Item Check items How/where to check
No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Is there a slip of paper left near Cover Open the ADF and check inside visually.
open sensor?
3 Check the performance of Cover open - Enter Maintenance mode (Section 6.1) to check the sensor
sensors. operation.
- If the error still occurs, confirm that the cable is correctly
connected.
- If the error still occurs, replace the sensors by following the
sections below:
ADF cover open sensor: Section 5.11.7
Imprinter cover sensor: Section 8.6.6.2

4.3.14 U6: No Ink Cartridge (with the Imprinter installed)


Item Check items How/where to check
No.
1 Check whether the print cartridge is Refer to Section 8.3.3.
installed properly.
2 Remove the Print cartridge and check to Clean if dirty. Refer to Section 8.9.
see if the electrodes on the mounting
bracket are dirty.
3 Replace the Print cartridge and see if the Refer to Section 8.3.3.
error is resolved.
4 The communication between the Print Parts to be checked
cartridge and the Control PCA may be - Holder ASSY: Section 8.6.6.4
defective. Confirm connection with the - PR cable: Section 8.6.6.4
parts on the right, and replace if - Junction PCA: Section 8.6.4.3
necessary.
5 Replace the Imprinter Control PCA and Refer to Section 8.6.5.
see if the error is resolved.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 60
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.15
4.3.15 U7: Imprinting position error (with the Imprinter installed)

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Check whether the imprinting position is Confirm whether the printing position or printing length is out
specified within the printable area. (Refer of the printable area.
to Section 9.1.1 for the printable area and
Section 9.3.2 for the print setup.
2 The communication between the Print Parts to be checked
cartridge and the Control PCA may be - Holder ASSY: Section 8.6.4.4
defective. Confirm connection with the - PR cable: Section 8.6.6.4
parts on the right, and replace if - Junction PCA: Section 8.6.5
necessary.
3 Replace the Imprinter Control PCA and Refer to Section 8.6.5.
see if the error is resolved.

4.3.16 E2 or E3: Optical Alarm

Ref) E2: ADF front side scanning optical alarm (lower optical unit ADF)
E3: ADF backside scanning optical alarm (upper optical unit ADF)

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 E2: Is the upper glass (white sheet guide) Open the ADF, and clean the sheet guide (white part) and the
of the reading section dirty? glass (Section 7.2).
E3: Is the lower glass (white sheet guide)
of the reading section dirty?
3 E2: Is the lower Optical unit ADF dirty? Refer to Section 7.2.
E3: Is the upper Optical unit ADF dirty? Optical unit ADF (for front side scanning): Section 5.12.1
Are the cables damaged? Optical unit ADF (for backside scanning): Section 5.11.2
Are the connectors connected properly?
4 E2: Is the lower lamp ON? Disconnect the SCSI cable and turn the scanner ON. Open the
E3: Is the upper lamp ON? ADF and press ADF cover open sensor as shown below to see
Are the cables damaged? if the ADF lamps light. If not, the error is caused by defective
Are the connectors connected properly? lamps or inverter.
If upper lamp does not light:
Refer to “Background unit B” in Section 5.11.8.
If lower lamp does not light:
Refer to “Background unit F” in Section 5.12.4.

ADF cover open sensor

5 Replace the lower Optical unit ADF and E2 (ADF front): Section 5.12.1.
see if the error is resolved. E3 (ADF back): Section 5.11.2.
Replace the upper Optical unit ADF and
see if the error is resolved.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 61
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.17
4.3.17 F2: Drive System (Pick Arm) Alarm / H1: Motor Fuse Blown

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Replace the Fuses (F1, F2) and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.
error is resolved. F1: Motors for Pick motor and Feed motor
F2: Background switchover, Motor for pick arm
3 Are there any foreign objects lying on Remove the Control PCA and inspect (Section 5.8.4).
the Control PCA?
4 Are the cables between the Control PCA Pick motor: Refer to Section 5.12.3.
and the motor damaged? BW motor: Refer to Section 5.11.3 (Pick arm drive)
Are the connectors connected properly? or Section 5.11.5 (Background switchover mechanism).
Feed motor: Refer to Section 5.11.4.
5 Is the coil resistance of the motor Remove the motor cable to check the coil resistance between
normal? the following pins of the motor.

1) Pick motor unit, Feed motor


Pick motor
Feed motor
Resistance 2-1, 2-3: approx. 1.7 Ohms
Resistance 5-4, 5-6: approx. 1.7 Ohms
Resistance 1-3, 4-6: approx. 3.4 Ohms
Other match: Infinite

(1) (4)

(2) (5) V cc

(3) (6)

2) BW motor
BW motor
Resistance 1-2, 1-3, 1-4: approx.20 Ohms
Resistance 2-3, 2-4, 3-4: approx.20 Ohms
Resistance 5-1, 5-2, 5-3, 5-4: approx.40 Ohms
Other match: Infinite
(1) (3)

(5) V cc

(2) (4)

Replace the corresponding motor if the resistance is abnormal.


6 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 62
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.18
4.3.18 H7: Lamp Fuse Blown

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Replace the Fuses (F3, F5) and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.
error is resolved. F3: Front side lamp
F5: Backside lamp
3 Are there any foreign objects lying on Remove the Control PCA and inspect (Section 5.8.4).
the Control PCA?
4 Are the cables between the Control PCA Referring to the following sections, check the cables (pink and
and the lamps damaged? blue lines).
Are the connectors connected properly? Lamp for ADF front: Section 5.12.4.
Lamp for ADF back: Section 5.11.8.
5 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.19 E6: Operator Panel Alarm

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Check if the cable is firmly connected. Refer to Sections 5.7.4 and 5.7.5.
3 The Panel PCA mounted on the scanner Install the new Panel PCA after saving the EEPROM data
may have been used in the past (An error (Panel PCA A: Section 5.7.4, Panel PCA B: Section 5.7.5).
may have occurred on this Panel PCA in Then conduct Maintenance mode #7 to restore the EEPROM
the past) .Replace the Panel PCA with a data by referring to Section 6.1.8.
new one and see if the error is resolved.

4.3.20 E7: EEPROM Alarm

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Replace the Panel PCA A and see if the Replace the Section 5.7.4.
error is resolved.
3 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Replace the Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.21 E8: SCSI Fuse Blown

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Was this error caused by the SCSI cable The scanner is available even if this type of scanner alarm
connected to the scanner or other SCSI occurs. Go to step 3 only if you want to repair the scanner.
devices?
3 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 63
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.22
4.3.22 E9: Image Memory Alarm

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Replace the DIMM and see if the same Refer to Section 5.8.7.
symptom occurs.
3 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.23 A0~A4: Imprinter Alarm (with the Imprinter installed)

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Check whether the print cartridge is Refer to Section 8.3.3.
installed properly.
2 Replace the print cartridge and see if the Refer to Section 8.3.3.
error is resolved.
3 Is the imprinter EXT cable connected to Refer to Section 8.3.
the scanner properly?
4 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
5 Replace the Imprinter Control PCA and Refer to Section 8.6.5.
see if the error is resolved.
6 Replace the scanner Control PCA and see Refer to Section 5.8.4.
if the error is resolved.

4.3.24 F4: Drive System (Background Switchover) Alarm

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF, and
turning OFF and ON the scanner? press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Are the cables between the Control PCA, BW motor (background switchover mechanism drive):
the BW motor (for driving background Section 5.11.5.
switch mechanism) and sensors (for Sensor (background position detection): Section 5.11.6.
detecting background position)
damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?
3 Check if the BW motor performs Open the ADF, turn ON the power while pressing the ADF
correctly. cover open sensor.
- If Background unit B on upper ADF does NOT operate, BW
motor is not operating correctly. Replace the parts in the
following order and find defective parts.
1) BW motor (Background switchover mechanism drive,
Section 5.11.5)
2) Background unit F (Section 5.12.1)
ADF cover open sensor and Background unit B (Section 5.11.8)
3) Control PCA (Section 5.8.4)
- If Background unit B on upper ADF operates correctly, replace
the parts in the following order and find defective parts.
1) Sensor for background position detection (Section 5.11.6)
2) Background unit F (Section 5.12.4)
and Background unit B (Section 5.11.8)
3) Control PCA (Section 5.8.4)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 64
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.25
4.3.25 F6: Fan Alarm

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF, and
turning OFF and ON the scanner? press “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Check if the fan ASSY cable is not Refer to Section 5.8.3.
damaged and if the connectors are
connected correctly, then replace the fan
ASSY.
3 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.26 H5: TPS Fuse Blown

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Replace the Fuse (F9) and see if the error Refer to Section 5.8.5.
is resolved.
3 Check that the optional board (TPS Refer to Section 5.8.6.
board) is securely installed.
4 Replace the optional board (TPS board) Refer to Section 5.8.6.
and see if the error is resolved.
5 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.27 H6: Imprinter Fuse Blown (with the Imprinter installed)


Item Check items How/where to check
No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Replace the Fuse (F9) and see if the error Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
is resolved. and remove the Imprinter option. Ten minutes later, press the
“I” area of the power switch to turn it ON.
- Imprinter fuse is blown: Go to step 3.
- Imprinter fuse is not blown: Go to step 5.
3 Are there any foreign objects lying on the Remove the Control PCA by referring to Section 5.8.4, and
scanner Control PCA? inspect it.
4 Replace the scanner Control PCA and see Refer to Section 5.8.4. Closed.
if the error is resolved.
5 Are there any foreign objects lying on the Refer to Section 8.6.5.
Imprinter Control PCA?
6 Replace the Imprinter Control PCA and Refer to Section 8.6.5.
see if the error is resolved.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 65
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.28
4.3.28 L6: Ultrasonic Sensor Alarm / L9: OMR Sensor Alarm
Item Check items How/where to check
No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Are the cables between the Control PCA Refer to the following sections.
and the sensors damaged? Pick sensor: Section 5.10.2
Are the connectors connected properly? DF sensor: Section 5.10.8
Top sensor: Section 5.10.7
Sensor (Empty sensor): Section 5.10.5
Sensor OP (ADF cover open sensor): Section 5.11.7
3 Replace each sensor and the US PCA Refer to the following sections.
and see if the error is resolved. Pick sensor: Section 5.10.2
DF sensor: Section 5.10.8
Top sensor: Section 5.10.7
Sensor (Empty sensor): Section 5.10.5
Sensor OP (ADF cover open sensor): Section 5.11.7
US PCA: Section 5.10.4
4 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.29 C0: LSI Alarm


Item Check items How/where to check
No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.30 C8: Internal Communication Alarm


Item Check items How/where to check
No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.31 F: Flash RAM Alarm

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner? and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
2 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.32 Illegal Command

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner and and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
PC?
2 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 66
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 4.3.33
4.3.33 Interface Alarm

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Does the same symptom occur after Press the “O” area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
turning OFF and ON the scanner and and press the “I” area to turn it ON.
PC?
2 Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.34 Imprinter does not operate initially (when Imprinter is installed)

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Check if the Imprinter EXT cable is The cable shown in Section 8.3.
connected properly.
2 Replace the Imprinter Control PCA and Refer to Section 8.6.5.
see if the error is resolved.
3 Replace the scanner Control PCA and Refer to Section 5.8.4.
see if the error is resolved.

4.3.35 No imprinting / Imprinting Distortion (with the Imprinter installed)


Item Check items How/where to check
No.
1 Check if the screen in Section 9.3.3 is Replace the print cartridge if displayed to do so.
displayed. (Refer to Section 8.3.3)
2 Turn ON/OFF several times, and try
imprinting again. Does the same
symptom occur?
(Be sure to turn OFF the scanner after it
becomes READY.)
3 Clean the print cartridge nozzle and see if Refer to Section 8.9.
the error is resolved.
4 The communication between the print Parts to be checked
cartridge and the Control PCA may be - Holder ASSY: Section 8.6.4.4
defective. Confirm the connections with - PR cable: Section 8.6.6.4
the parts on the right, and replace if - Junction PCA: Section 8.6.4.3
necessary.

4.3.36 Scanned Form is Dirty (with the Imprinter installed)

Item Check items How/where to check


No.
1 Is the sheet guide of the Imprinter dirty If dirty, clean it by referring to Sections 8.9.1 to 8.9.3.
with ink?
2 Replace the Felt. Refer to Section 8.6.6.5.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 67
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.1

Chapter 5 Maintenance Procedure

This chapter describes how to replace maintenance parts, and clean the scanner to ensure normal operations. When assembling
the maintenance parts, conduct necessary cleaning when instructed in this manual.

5.1 For Safety Operation


Please read this page carefully before disassembling or assembling.

WARNING Electric shock


Before disassembling or assembling, turn the power switch off, and unplug the AC power source
from the outlet. If you do not do this, an electric shock may occur.

Injury

Be careful not to get your fingers, hair, clothes or accessories caught in a moving part.
It may cause injury.

Machine damage

Static Electricity may cause the damage to the scanner.


When repairing the scanner, wear a wrist strap to avoid ESD.

Notes when cleaning


When cleaning the scanner, be careful not to allow foreign matter, such as dried ink and toner, to fall
inside the scanner.

How to unlock plastic hooks

Many parts of the scanner are held in place with plastic hooks.
When removing parts that are held in place with hooks, be very careful not to break the hooks.
Pull out the latch to unlock, then pull up on the assembly to remove.

Do not use excessive force when


removing parts held in place with hooks.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 68
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.2

5.2 Periodic Maintenance

Periodic maintenance should be performed on the scanner at the following intervals.


Item Maintenance cycle
Periodic maintenance Every 12 months

During a service call, clean the ADF if dirty (Sections 5.3 and 7.2).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 69
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.3.1

5.3 Cleaning

5.3.1 Cleaning the Optical Unit ADF


Clean the Optical unit ADF using the following procedure.

1) To clean the Optical unit ADF for front side scanning (lower parts in ADF), remove the Optical unit ADF by
following the procedure in Section 5.12.1.
To clean the Optical unit ADF for backside scanning (upper parts in ADF), remove the Optical unit ADF by
following the procedure in Section 5.11.2.

2) Remove any paper dust on the mirrors of the Optical unit ADF with blow brush (photo below). Do not use
compressed air which may build up condensation on the mirrors.

Blow brush

Do not disassemble any parts of the Optical unit (PCA’s and mirrors) as mentioned in Section 5.5.

5.3.2 (Reserved)

5.3.3 (Reserved)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 70
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.4

5.4 Maintenance Tool

Special tools to maintain this scanner are shown in the table below.

No. Tools When to use Remarks


1 Philips screwdriver For M3, M4 screws
2 Alcohol Cleaning Ethyl alcohol or isopropyl alcohol
3 Blow brush Cleaning mirrors
4 Glove or cloth Handling CR shaft
5 Small flat-blade screwdriver Removing sensors and connectors
6 Allen Wrench (2mm) Removing special screws for carrier
guide shaft
7 Longnose plier Installing E ring
8 White level adjustment sheet White level adjustment Description: WHITE SHEET ATP
(Section 6.1.5) Part number: PA03277-Y123
Purchase this sheet prior to maintenance.
9 Magnification / Offset Magnification adjustment (Section 6.1.3) Required for magnification / offset
adjustment sheet Offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4) adjustment for ADF. Refer to Figure 6.1.3,
and prepare the sheet in advance.
10 Adjustment sheet Ultrasonic sensor adjustment Description: ADJUST PAPER
(Section 6.1.9) Part number: PA03296-Y990
Used when replacing US sensor, US PCA,
ADF Fix Unit or ADF Rev Unit.
11 Vacuum cleaner Required for cleaning Commercial item
12 Packing tape Required for cleaning. Commercial item

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 71
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.5

5.5 Non-disassembly Parts

The following screws are adjusted and secured at the factory. Do not attempt to disassemble or loosen them.

(1) Optical unit ADF


Besides the non-disassembly screws, do NOT disassemble any parts on this unit (mirrors).

Non-disassembly screws

(2) PICK motor unit screws

Non-disassembly screws

5.6 (Reserved)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 72
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.7.1

5.7 Chute ASSY/ Chute Roller / Stacker ASSY / Panel Unit / Panel PCA
5.7.1 Chute ASSY

Refer to Section 3.27 for the part number of the Chute ASSY.

<Removal>
(1) Lifting up the front edge of the Chute ASSY slightly, pull it out of the scanner.

Lift up the front edge of the Chute ASSY slightly Pull the Chute ASSY out of the scanner

<Installation>
(1) Insert the protrusions of the Chute ASSY into the openings in the scanner.

Protrusion

Note: Make sure that there is no gap between the Chute ASSY and the scanner after installation.
If there is a gap between the Chute ASSY and the scanner when the Side Guides are adjusted, the Chute ASSY may
move and fall off.

Chute ASSY

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 73
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.7.2
5.7.2 Chute Roller

Refer to Section 3.28 for the part number of the Chute Roller.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Chute ASSY by referring to Section 5.7.1.
(2) Extend the extension of the Chute ASSY all the way out.
(3) Open the lower cover of the Chute.
(4) Lift up the lever in the direction of the arrow, and then slide the Chute roller shaft to the right remove the Chute roller.

(2) Extend the Chute extension. (4) Lift up the lever in the direction of the arrow.

(3) Open the cover.

(4) Slide the Chute roller shaft.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

Chute roller

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 74
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.7.3
5.7.3 Stacker ASSY

Refer to section 3.26 for the part number of the Stacker ASSY.

<Removal>
(1) Pushing one side (right side in the photo) of the Stacker to bow, unlatch the pin on the Stacker ASSY.

(2) Pull the Stacker toward you to remove from the scanner.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

Stacker ASSY

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 75
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.7.4
5.7.4 Panel Unit A / Panel PCA A

Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of the replacement parts.
Panel unit A: Section 3.29
Panel PCA A: Section 3.30

<Removal>
(1) The EEPROM is installed on the Panel PCA A. Before replacing the Panel PCA A or the Panel unit A, save the
EEPROM data to the Control PCA temporarily by referring to Section 6.2.

(2) Open the Operator Panel A, and then open the transparent cover.
Exit side ADF feeding side

Panel cover

Operator panel A

(3) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into the gap to lift up on the Panel unit A.

(4) Disconnect the three connectors from the Panel unit A to remove the Panel unit A.

Disconnect three connectors.

Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the gap to remove.

Panel unit A

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 76
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.7.4
(5) To replace the Panel PCA A, remove the three screws F at the back of the PCA to remove the Panel PCA A.

Remove 3 screws F.

Panel PCA A

<Installation>

Referring to Section 6.1.8, restore the EEPROM data which was saved to the Control PCA to the Panel PCA A.

(1) Install the Panel PCA A by referring to <Removal> step (5) in Section 5.7.4.

Note 1: When installing the Panel PCA A onto the Panel unit A, be careful not to drop the clear plastic part of the LED.
Likewise, be careful when installing the Panel unit A.

OP LED PIPE

Note 2: Remove the Side cover beforehand by referring to steps (2) ~ (7) in Section 5.9.2.

(2) Draw out three cables from the Side cover, and rest the Side cover against the bottom frame.
(3) Connect three cables to the connector on the Panel unit A.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 77
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.7.4
Note 3: Be careful not to twist the cables when installing them.

Do NOT twist the cables.

(4) Install the Panel unit A onto the Side cover.


(5) With the Panel unit A opened, install the Side cover to onto the bottom frame.

Note 4: When installing the Panel unit A, rotate the clear plastic part to fix.
Note 5: Be careful not to pinch the cables between the panel and cover.

Do NOT pinch the thin cables.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 78
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.7.5
5.7.5 Panel Unit B / Panel PCA B

1. Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of the replacement parts.
Panel unit B: Section 3.31
Panel PCA B: Section 3.32
2. There is no EEPROM installed on the Panel PCA B. You do not need to temporarily move the EEPROM data to the Control
PCA.

<Removal>
(1) Open the Operator Panel B, then open the transparent cover.
ADF feeding side Exit side

Panel cover

Operator panel B

(2) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into the gap to lift up on the Panel unit B.
(3) Disconnect the two connectors from the Panel unit B to remove the Panel unit B.

Disconnect 2 connectors.

Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the gap to remove.

Panel unit B

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 79
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.7.5
(4) To replace the Panel PCA B, remove the three screws E at the back of the unit to remove the Panel PCA B.

Remove 3 screws E.

Panel PCA B

<Installation>
(1) Install the Panel PCA A by referring to <Removal> step (5) in Section 5.7.4.

Note 1: When installing the Panel PCA B onto the Panel unit B, be careful not to drop the clear plastic part for the LED.
Likewise, be careful when installing the Panel unit A.

OP LED PIPE

Note 2: Remove the Side cover beforehand by referring to steps (2) ~ (7) in Section 5.9.2.

(2) Draw out two cables from the Side cover, and rest the Side cover against the bottom frame.
(3) Connect two cables to the connector on the Panel unit B.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 80
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.7.4
Note 3: Be careful not to twist the cables when installing them.

Do NOT twist the cables.


(4) Install the Panel unit B onto the Side cover.
(5) With the Panel unit B opened, install the Side cover to onto the bottom frame.

Note 4: When installing the Panel unit B, rotate the clear plastic part to fix.
Note 5: Be careful not to pinch the cables between the panel and cover.

Do NOT pinch the thin cables.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 81
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.8.1

5.8 Inside of PCA Unit


5.8.1 PCA Unit (not a maintenance part)

<Removal>
(1) If the Imprinter (option) is installed, remove it from the scanner by the reverse order of Section 8.2.2.
(2) Remove the Chute ASSY (Section 5.7.1) and the Stacker ASSY (Section 5.7.3).
(3) Open the Cable cover horizontally, and bow it down to remove.

(4) Place the scanner so that the connector inlet faces up, and remove the seven screws A that secure the PCA unit.

PCA unit fixing screws A (3 positions) PCA unit fixing screws A (4 positions)

Screw A

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 82
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.8
(5) Remove the two screws A that secure the cable and the eight connectors to remove the PCA unit.

Disconnect eight connectors.

Remove 2 cable fixing screws A.

<Installation>
Follow the procedure above in reverse.

Note: When installing the PCA Unit, form the cables as shown below so that the CCD cable and sensor cable do not
cross.

Correct cable forming Wrong cable forming

CCD cable and sensor


cable cross.

To replace the Power supply, go to Section 5.8.2.


To replace the Fan ASSY, go to Section 5.8.3.
To replace the Control PCA, go to Section 5.8.4.
To replace the Fuses, go to Section 5.8.5.
To replace the DIMM, go to Section 5.8.6.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 83
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.8.2
5.8.2 Power Supply

Refer to the Section 3.25 for the part number of the Power Supply.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the PCA Unit by referring to Section 5.8.1.
(2) Disconnect the connector from the Control PCA, and then remove five fixing screws C and a fixing screw D to remove the
Power supply.

Connector

Screw C

Power supply fixing screws C (5 positions)

Power supply fixing screw D

Power supply

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 84
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.8.3
5.8.3 Fan ASSY

Refer to the Section 3.33 for the part number of the Fan ASSY.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the PCA Unit by referring to Section 5.8.1.
(2) Disconnect the connector for the fan from the Control PCA.
(3) Remove the fixing screw A, and then lift the Fan ASSY upward to remove.

Fixing screw A

Connector for Fan

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

Note: Install the bracket so that the bracket hole of the Fan ASSY catches the two hooks of the PCA Unit.

The hole shall catch the hook.

Fan ASSY

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 85
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.8.4
5.8.4 Control PCA

Refer to the Section 3.20 for the part number of the Control PCA.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the PCA Unit by referring to Section 5.8.1.
(2) Remove the Power Supply by referring to Section 5.8.2.
(3) Remove the Fan ASSY by referring to Section 5.8.3.
(4) Remove five screws A , to remove the Control PCA bracket.

Remove five screws A.

(5) Remove the five screws securing the bracket (two from the upper and three from the back of the Control PCA), and then
remove the bracket and the plastic cover.

Five bracket screws

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 86
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.8.4
(6) Remove the four screws A securing the rail, and then remove the for TPS Board from the Control PCA.

4 fixing screws A

(7) Remove three screws (one screw L and two screws K) securing the connector to the back of the Control PCA.

Two screws K Screw L Screw K


Screw L

(8) Remove the four fixing screws A to remove the Control PCA.
(9) Remove the DIMM’s if installed.

Memory slots

Four fixing screws A

Control PCA

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 87
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.8.5
5.8.5 Fuses

Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of the Fuses.
FUSE 1 (630mA): Section 3.22
FUSE 2 (2.5A): Section 3.23
FUSE 3 (4A): Section 3.24

<Removal>
(1) Remove the PCA Unit by referring to Section 5.8.1.
(2) Remove the Power Supply by referring to Section 5.8.2.
(3) Remove the Fan ASSY by referring to Section 5.8.3.
(4) Remove the bracket by referring to steps (4) and (5) in Section 5.8.4.
(5) Remove the Fuse to be replaced from the Control PCA.

F2: FUSE 1 (630mA)


P/N: PA03576-D841

F1: FUSE 2 (2.5A)


F1 P/N: PA03576-D842
F2

F3
F5
T xxA xxxV
F3: FUSE 2 (2.5A)
P/N: PA03576-D842

F5:FUSE 2 (2.5A)
P/N: PA03576-D842

F9 F9: FUSE 3 (4.0A)


P/N: PA03576-D843

(6) Replace the Fuse with a new Fuse of the same value.
Note: Be sure that the same current value fuse is installed onto the same position.
Fuse Installed Current
Part number Purpose
position Fuse value
1 F1 FUSE 2 2.5 A PA03576-D842 For motor (Pick motor , Feed motor)
2 F2 FUSE 1 630mA PA03576-D841 For motor (Background switchover, Pick arm)
3 F3 FUSE 2 2.5 A PA03576-D842 For front side lamp, heater
4 F5 FUSE 2 2.5 A PA03576-D842 For backside lamp, heater
5 F9 FUSE 3 4.0 A PA03576-D843 For CGA board (for TPS)

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 88
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
04 Section 5.8.6
5.8.6 CGA Board / DIMM

Refer to Sections 3.34 and 3.35 for the part number of the CGA Board/DIMM.
The CGA Board is only installed on the fi-6670A (standard) or fi-6670 with the CGA option.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the two Thumb screws that secure the CGA Board.
(2) Pull the CGA Board out of the scanner.
(3) Remove the DIMM from the memory slot on the CGA board.

CGA Board installed position

Two Thumb screws Remove DIMM.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

DIMM

CGA Board

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 89
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.8.7
5.8.7 DIMM

Refer to Section 3.35 for the part number of the DIMM’s.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the CGA Board by referring to Section 5.8.6.
Note: If the CGA board is not installed, remove the Third Party Slot Cover. fi-6670 only
(2) Remove the Thumb screw that secures the Memory cover.
(3) Remove the DIMM’s from the memory slots.

Thumb screw Two memory slots

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

DIMM

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 90
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.9.1

5.9 ADF Unit / ADF Fix Unit / ADF Rev Unit


5.9.1 ADF Unit

Refer to Section 3.36 for the part number of the ADF Unit.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter (option) if installed from the scanner by the reverse order of Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Chute ASSY (Section 5.7.1) and the Stacker ASSY (Section 5.7.3).
(3) Remove the Panel Unit A by referring to steps (2) and (3) in Section 5.7.4. Remove the Panel Unit B by referring to steps
(1) and (2) in Section 5.7.5.
(4) Remove the PCA Unit by referring to steps (1) to (5) in Section 5.8.1.
(5) Remove the cables in the photo below from five cable clamps.

Cable clamp

(6) The remaining unit is the ADF Unit.

ADF Unit

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 91
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.9.2
5.9.2 ADF Fix Unit / ADF Rev Unit

Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of the replacement parts.
ADF Fix Unit: Section 3.1
ADF Rev Unit: Section 3.2

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF Unit and PCA Unit by referring to steps (1) ~ (5) in Section 5.9.1.
(2) Return the scanner to the original position (facing up), and remove the four screws that secure the Side Cover ASSY F and
Side Cover ASSY B.

Screw B

Four screws B
Side Cover ASSY F Side Cover ASSY B
(3) With the ADF opened slightly, tilt the protrusion of the Side cover ASSY F and unlatch the claw inside.
Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into the gap under the protrusion and unlatch the claw inside.

Unlatch the claw.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 92
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.9.2
(4) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into the gap on the other side of the cover, then unlatch the claw.
Unlatch the claw.

(5) Open the Side Cover ASSY F, and push it toward the back, then open it downward.
Note: This cover has the cable for the Operator panel connected. Be careful not to damage the cable.

(6) Remove the signal cable and motor cable in the Front cover from the clamps, and then take the cable connectors out of the
frame holes.

(7) Open the Side Cover ASSY B in the same way.


Note: This cover has the cable for the Operator panel connected. Be careful not to damage the cable.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 93
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.9.2
(8) Remove the CCD cable from the groove. Remove the signal cable from the side frame hole, and disconnect the two small
connectors.

Disconnect two connectors.

(9) Open the ADF, remove the two screws B and two screws H, and then remove the two screws B on the document exit side.

Two screws H

Two screws B Two screws B

(10) Lift the frame (ADF Rev Unit and ADF Fix Unit) from the ADF Unit to remove.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 94
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.9.2
(11) Open the ADF, and remove the two screws B that secure the ADF cover. Pull out the ADF cover at the document exit
side to remove.

Two fixing screws B

(12) Remove the cable from the cable clamps on the side of the ADF Fix unit.

Cable clamps
(13) Release the torsion arm coil spring from the side panel of the frame.
Open the ADF to release the arm easier.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 95
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.9
(14) Remove the two large screws G (one each on the right and left sides) from both sides of the ADF.

Screw G

(15) With a flat-blade screwdriver, slightly pry open the metal side panel to release the ADF Rev Unit from the ADF Fix
Unit.

* The ADF Fix unit is the ADF Fixed side with the Right, Left covers and lower frame attached.
The ADF Rev unit is the ADF movable side with the ADF cover attached.

ADF Fix unit ADF Rev unit

Note: Be careful not to damage the glass on the ADF Rev unit.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 96
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.9.2
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

Note: For how to install the Panel unit A and Panel unit B, refer to <Installation> in Sections 5.7.4 and 5.7.5.

Replacing the ADF Rev Unit


After replacing the ADF Rev Unit, paste the product label enclosed with this part.

Product label for fi-6670

Product label for fi-6670A

Note: After replacing the ADF Fix unit or ADF Rev unit, perform the magnification adjustment (Section 6.1.3), offset
adjustment (Section 6.1.4), white level adjustment (Section 6.1.5) and Ultrasonic sensor adjustment (Section 6.1.9),
and reset the consumable counters (Section 6.1.6).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 97
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.10.1

5.10 Paper path


5.10.1 Guide S ASSY

Refer to section 3.11 for the part number of the Guide S ASSY.

<Removal>
(1) Open the ADF.
(2) Unlatch the claws on the both sides of the Guide S ASSY, by inserting a small flat-blade screwdriver between the blade
spring and plastic part and remove the plastic part by being careful not to break the claw at the back side.
Guide S ASSY

Unlatch the claws

Claw at the backside

(3) Remove the blade spring upward.

Blade spring Guide S ASSY

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 98
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.10.2
5.10.2 Pick Sensor

Refer to Section 3.9 for the part number of the Pick Sensor.

<Removal>
(1) Open the ADF, open the Sensor cover, and then bow the sensor cover rib to remove the sensor cover.

Sensor cover Sensor cover rib

Sensor bracket Sensor bracket screw A

(2) Tuck up the Mylar sheet pasted on the sensor bracket, and then remove the screw A.
Note: Do NOT peel off the Mylar sheet.

Mylar sheet Fixing screw A

(3) Turn the Sensor bracket over, and then disconnect the connector to remove the Sensor bracket.

Disconnect the connector.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 99
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.10.2
(4) Unlatch the claws of the Pick sensor from the sensor bracket, and detach the Pick sensor.
Pick sensor Sensor bracket

Claws

Pick Sensor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. Make sure that the claws of the Pick sensor are latched on the bracket firmly.
2. Place Fix the connector at the position of the Sensor bracket as shown below.

Place the connector.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 100
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.10.3
5.10.3 US Sensor (ADF Fix Unit)

Refer to Section 3.6 for the part number of the US Sensor.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Sensor bracket by referring to steps (1) ~ (3) in Section 5.10.2.
(2) Disconnect the US sensor connector from the US PCA.
(3) Remove the screw A that secures the US sensor, and then remove the bracket and the US sensor. Remove the sensor
from the bracket.

US sensor (lower)

US Sensor
US Sensor fixing screw A US Sensor connector

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. After replacing the US sensor, perform the Ultrasonic sensor adjustment (Section 6.1.9).
2. Place the cables as shown in the photo below.

3. Refer to <Installation> Notice 2 in Section 5.10.2 for how to install the Sensor bracket.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 101
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.10.4
5.10.4 US PCA

Refer to Section 3.7 for the part number of the US PCA.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Sensor bracket by referring to steps (1) ~ (3) in Section 5.10.2.
(2) Disconnect the two connectors from the US PCA under the Paper path, and remove the US PCA.

US PCA
Positioning pins

US PCA

Connectors

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. After replacing the US PCA, perform the Ultrasonic sensor adjustment (Section 6.1.9).
2. Make sure that the positioning pins are inserted in the US PCA holes.
3. Refer to <Installation> Notice 2 in Section 5.10.3 for how to place the cables.
4. Refer to <Installation> Notice 2 in Section 5.10.2 for how to install the Sensor bracket.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 102
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.10.5
5.10.5 Sensor (Empty Sensor)

Refer to Section 3.8 for the part number of the Empty Sensor.

<Removal>
Note: A small Phillips screwdriver (for M2 screws) is required for replacing this part.
(1) Remove the Sensor bracket by referring to steps (1) ~ (3) in Section 5.10.2.
(2) Remove the screw A and the screw E for the bracket which holds the pick roller shaft.

Bracket screw A

Bracket screw E

(3) Remove the two screws J and E ring from each pick roller shaft, and then pull the shaft bearings off the shafts.

Shaft bearing

Fixing screws J E-ring

(4) Remove the bracket that supports the pick roller shafts.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 103
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.10.5
(5) Unlatch the Empty sensor claw using a small flat-blade screwdriver, and then remove the Empty sensor.

Claws

(6) Disconnect the cable from the Empty sensor.

Sensor
Disconnect the connector.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 104
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.10.6
5.10.6 US Sensor (ADF Rev Unit)

Refer to Section 3.6 for the part number of the US Sensor.

<Removal>
(1) Open the ADF, and remove the three fixing screws A in the photos below to remove the upper Sheet guide.

When removing/installing the upper Sheet guide, be careful not to drop it. Otherwise, the scanning glass may be
damaged.

(2) Remove the US sensor (upper) cable from the cable clamp and disconnect its connector.
(3) Remove a screw A that secures the US sensor, remove the bracket and the US sensor.

Connector
US Sensor (upper)

US Sensor fixing screw A


US Sensor
Cable clamp

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

After replacing the US sensor, perform the Ultrasonic sensor adjustment (Section 6.1.9).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 105
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.10.7
5.10.7 Top Sensor (ADF Rev Unit)

Refer to Section 3.17 for the part number of the Top Sensor.

<Removal>
(1) Referring to step (1) in Section 5.10.6, remove the upper Sheet guide.
(2) Remove the screw A that secures the US sensor, and then remove the bracket.
(3) Remove the Top sensor (lower right photo), and then disconnect a connector to remove the Top sensor.

US Sensor Fixing screw

Top sensor Connector

Top Sensor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. Make sure that the Top sensor lever moves smoothly after installation.
2. After replacing the Top sensor, perform offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 106
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.10.8
5.10.8 DF Sensor

Refer to Section 3.10 for the part number of the DF Sensor.

<Removal>

Removing DF Sensor (black) on the ADF Fix Unit

(1) Referring to steps (1) ~ (3) in Section 5.10.2, remove the Sensor bracket.
(2) Disconnect the lower DF sensor connector, unlatch the DF sensor claw, and remove the DF sensor (black).

Fixing claw

DF Sensor Connector

DF Sensor for front side scanning (black)


On the ADF Fix Unit

Removing DF Sensor (transparent) on the ADF Rev Unit

(3) Referring to step (1) in Section 5.10.6, remove the upper Sheet guide.
(4) Disconnect an upper DF sensor connector, unlatch the DF sensor claw, and then remove the DF sensor (transparent).
DF Sensor

Unlatch the claw.

DF Sensor for backside scanning (transparent)


On the ADF Rev Unit

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

The DF sensor consists of two parts; the DF sensor (on the ADF Fix Unit) is black and the DF sensor (on the ADF Rev
Unit) is transparent. Do not confuse them when installing.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 107
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.1

5.11 Parts in the ADF cover


5.11.1 Inverter (for ADF backside scanning)

Refer to Section 3.5 for the part number of the Inverter.

<Removal>
(1) Open the ADF and remove the two screws B that secure the ADF cover. Pull out on the document exit side of the ADF
cover to remove the ADF cover.
Upper sheet guide

Two fixing screws B

(2) Lifting up the Inverter from the groove, disconnect the three connectors connected on the Inverter, and remove the
Inverter.

Three connectors

Inverter

Inverter

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 108
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.1
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

Insert the pink and blue cables and the thin black/white cable to be connected to the Inverter into the respective grooves
as shown below.

Pink cables Blue and black/white cables

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 109
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.2
5.11.2 Optical Unit ADF (backside optical system)
04

1) Refer to Section 3.19 for the part number of the Optical Unit ADF.
2) When removing/installing the Optical Unit ADF, do not hold the CCD Unit or work by pressing it. Otherwise the
Optical Unit ADF may be damaged or fail to operate properly.

[Appropriate handling]
OK Hold the right and left edges (black parts) of the Optical Unit ADF or the
scanner frame to remove / install the Optical Unit ADF.

OK OK

[Inappropriate handing]
Do not hold the CCD Unit on the Optical Unit ADF when removing /
NG installing the Optical Unit ADF. Do not press the CCD Unit as well.

NG

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step (1) in Section 5.11.1.
(2) Disconnect the one large and the two small connectors from the Optical unit ADF.
(3) Remove the screw E which secures the bracket (photo below) to remove the bracket.

ADF connector

Disconnect two connectors. Bracket Fixing screw E

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 110
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.2
(4) Remove the screw A for the FG cable on the Optical unit ADF, and lift the Optical unit ADF out of the ADF Rev Unit.
Note: When removing the Optical unit ADF (for backside scanning), do not lose two spacers at the positions in the photo
lower right. If you lost them, use “OPT SPACER B” enclosed with the Optical unit ADF.

FG cable fixing screw A

Two spacers

Spacer

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1) Be careful not to touch the mirrors on the Optical unit ADF.


2) After replacing the Optical unit ADF, perform the Offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4) and White level adjustment
(Section 6.1.5).
3) Route the Inverter cable and thermistor cable outside the SHEET C so that they do not touch the metal part of the
Optical unit ADF.

SHEET C

Cables shall be routed outside the SHEET C.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 111
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.2
04
4) Make sure that the nylon clip fixing position and wiring is as shown in the photo below when installing the ADF Cable
(connector).

OK NG

Do not fix the tube part (black) with the nylon clip.

Up to the corner of the plate

The cable should come on the plate in this area.

NG OK

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 112
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.3
5.11.3 BW Motor (for driving pick arm) / Sensor (for detecting pick arm position)

Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of replacement parts.
BW motor: Section 3.14
Sensor: Section 3.8

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step (1) in section 5.11.1.
(2) Remove the Optical unit ADF by referring to steps (2) ~ (4) in Section 5.11.2.
(3) Remove the cable from the cable clamp, and then remove the fixing screw A and a fixing screw E.

Remove a fixing screw A.

Remove a cable clamp and a fixing screw E.

(4) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into the gap between the frame and gearbox, and then release the gearbox from the
frame.
(5) Disconnect the connectors of the BW motor and the Sensor, and then remove the assembly of BW motor and the gear.

Disconnect the BW Motor and Sensor connectors.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 113
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.3
<Replacing BW Motor>
(6) Using a small flat-blade screwdriver, release the BW motor claw to remove the gear box.

Make sure that the shaft does not come off the gearbox and fall off. (See photo below.)

Shaft

(7) Remove two screws A from the bracket to remove the BW motor.

BW motor cable

BW Motor

Two fixing screws A

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

When installing the BW motor, pay attention to the cable positions.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 114
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.3
<Replacing Pick Arm Sensor>
Follow the procedure below after step (5).

(8) Unlatch the claws on the Sensor, and then remove the Sensor from the gear unit.

Unlatch

Sensor

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 115
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.3
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. Be careful not to pinch any cables.


2. Make sure that the claw is securely locked and there is no gap between the arm unit and the frame.
3. When installing the frame and gear box, align the claw of the gear part for the Pick arm sensor arm with the frame.
Otherwise, the parts may be damaged.

Check the claw locked.

Check there is NO gap.

Align the claw.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 116
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.4
5.11.4 Feed Motor / Belt ADF

Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of replacement parts.
Feed motor: Section 3.15
Belt ADF: Section 3.16

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step (1) in Section 5.11.1.
(2) Referring to steps (2) ~ (4) in Section 5.11.2, remove the Optical unit ADF.
(3) Loosen the two screws E that secure the Belt ADF cover (no need to remove) and remove the cover out of the way.

Loosen two fixing screws E.

(4) Loosen the tension bracket screw A, and rotate the bracket clockwise to loosen the belt tension. Remove the Belt ADF if
necessary.

Loosen a fixing screw A


and rotate it clockwise.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 117
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.4
(5) Disconnect the cable from the Feed motor. Remove the two screws A that secure the Feed motor to remove.

Cable connector
Feed Motor fixing screws A.

Feed Motor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. When installing the Belt ADF, align the phases of the pulleys (D-cut) as shown below.

Align the phases of the pulleys (D-cut).

2. When installing the Belt ADF cover, make sure that the cover is hung on the hook.
3. After replacing the Feed motor or Belt ADF, perform the sub-scanning magnification adjustment (Section 6.1.3) and offset
adjustment (Section 6.1.4).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 118
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.5
5.11.5 BW Motor (for driving background switch mechanism)

Refer to Section 3.14 for the part number of the BW Motor.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step (1) in Section 5.11.1.
(2) Remove the Optical unit ADF by referring to steps (2) ~ (4) in Section 5.11.2.
(3) Remove the cables from the cable clamp behind the motor.
(4) Disconnect the connector from the BW motor.
(5) Remove the two screws A that secure the BW motor to remove the BW motor.
BW Motor connector

BW Motor
cable

BW Motor fixing screw A

Remove the cable clamp.

BW Motor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

When installing the BW motor, pay attention to the cable positions.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 119
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.6
5.11.6 Sensor (for detecting background position)

Refer to Section 3.8 for the part number of the Sensor.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to steps (1) in Section 5.11.1.
(2) Rotate the large gear counterclockwise, and then lower the arm below the Sensor position.
(3) Disconnect the cable connected to the Sensor and unlatch the claws of the Sensor to remove the sensor.

Unlatch the claws.

Claws

Sensor
Sensor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 120
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.7
5.11.7 Sensor OP

Refer to Section 3.18 for the part number of the Sensor OP.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the upper Sheet guide by referring to step (1) in Section 5.10.6.

Be careful not to drop the upper Sheet guide when removing/installing it. It may break the glass at the scanning position.

(2) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step in Section 5.11.1.


(3) Remove the Optical unit ADF by referring to Section 5.11.2.
(4) From above the sensor, insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into both spaces on each side of the Sensor OP to release it
from the frame.
(5) Pull the Sensor OP out of the ADF scanning side, disconnect the connector and then remove the Sensor OP.

ADF upper Release

Pull out the Sensor.


ADF scanning side

Sensor OP
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 121
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.11.8
5.11.8 Background unit B

1) Refer to Section 3.4 for the part number of the Background Unit B.
2) The Background unit B includes the lamp for backside scanning and the background for front side scanning.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step (1) in Section 5.11.1.
(2) Remove the Optical unit ADF by referring to steps (2) ~ (4) in Section 5.11.2.
(3) Remove the cables from cable clamp (photo below on the left).
(4) Remove the two connectors from the Inverter.

Remove the cable from the clamp. Remove the connectors.

(5) Remove the screws I (special-shaped) from the left and right side plates of the ADF, and remove the Background unit B
by pulling the cables out of the frame hole. Be careful not to drop the screws.

Remove two special-shaped screw I.

Pull out the cable.

Background Unit B

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1) Be sure to route the cables of the Background unit B into the original frame hole.
2) If the background unit B is installed appropriately, it moves up and down slightly (approx. 1mm).
3) After replacing the Background unit B, perform the Offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4) and White level adjustment
(Section 6.1.5).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 122
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.12.1

5.12 Parts in lower part of the ADF


5.12.1 Optical Unit ADF (front side optical system)
04

1) Refer to Section 3.19 for the part number of the Optical Unit ADF.
2) When removing/installing the Optical Unit ADF, do not hold the CCD Unit or work by pressing it. Otherwise
the Optical Unit ADF may be damaged or fail to operate properly.

[Appropriate handling]
OK Hold the right and left edges (black parts) of the Optical Unit ADF or the
scanner frame to remove / install the Optical Unit ADF.

OK OK

[Inappropriate handing]
Do not hold the CCD Unit on the Optical Unit ADF when removing /
NG installing the Optical Unit ADF. Do not press the CCD Unit as well.

NG

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF Fix unit from the frame by referring to Sections 5.9.1 and 5.9.2.
(2) Disconnect the three cables connected to the Optical unit ADF, and remove the screw A that secures the CCD cable, and
then remove the screw A that secures the FG cable.

Remove three connectors.

Bracket fixing screws A

FG cable fixing screw A

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 123
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.12.1
(3) Remove the two bracket screws E and remove the bracket.

Two fixing screw E

(4) Rotate the Optical unit ADF as shown in the photo below to remove.

Optical Unit ADF

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. Be careful not to touch the mirrors on the Optical unit ADF.


2. After replacing the Optical unit ADF, perform the Offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4) and White level adjustment
(Section 6.1.5).
3. Route the Inverter cable and thermistor cable outside the SHEET C so that they do not touch the metal part of the
Optical unit ADF.

SHEET C

Cables shall be routed outside the SHEET C.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 124
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.12.1
04
4) Make sure that the nylon clip fixing position and wiring is as shown in the photo below when installing the ADF
Cable (connector).

(2) ADF cable wiring route

(1) Fixing position with a nylon clip

(1) Fixing position with a nylon clip

OK OK NG
NG

The hump on the ADF cable must be fixed inside the nylon clip.

OK NG NG

The nylon clip must be fixed horizontally with the metal.

(2) ADF cable wiring route

OK OK NG

6mm

Confirmation method (example): Check with ø6 shaft driver.


6mm of space is required between the ADF cable and the plate.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 125
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.12.2
5.12.2 Inverter

Refer to the Section 3.5 for the part number of the Inverter.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF Fix unit from the frame by referring to Sections 5.9.1 and 5.9.2.
(2) Unlatch the Inverter claw and lift the Inverter out of the frame.
(3) Disconnect the three connectors from the Inverter to remove the Inverter.

Inverter claw Remove three connectors.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 126
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.12.3
5.12.3 Pick Motor

Refer to the Section 3.12 for the part number of the Pick Motor.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF Fix unit from the frame by referring to Sections 5.9.1 and 5.9.2.
(2) Remove the Optical unit ADF by referring to Section 5.12.3.
(3) Remove the four screws A that secure that Pick motor (one of these screws is short).
(4) Disconnect the cable connector from the Pick motor, and then remove the Pick motor.

The Pick motor includes the gear and bracket. Do not disassemble.

Cable connector Remove four fixing screws A.

Pick Motor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

After replacing the Pick motor unit, perform the magnification adjustment (Section 6.1.3).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 127
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.12.4
5.12.4 Background Unit F

1) Refer to the Section 3.3 for the part number of the Background Unit F.
2) The Background unit F includes the lamp for front side scanning and the background for backside scanning.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF Fix unit from the frame by referring to Sections 5.9.1 and 5.9.2.
(2) Remove the cables from the Inverter.
(3) Open the ADF, and place it as shown below.

(4) With a flat-blade screwdriver, unlatch the claws at both sides of the Background unit F, and then remove the Background
unit F.
Note: When removing the Background unit F, be careful not to damage the cables.

Unlatch
Cable holes

Background Unit F

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 128
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.12.4
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1) When installing the Background unit F, check that both the left and right claws secure the Background unit F properly. If not
installed properly, the Background unit F and the slide arm ME interfere, can damage the ADF REV Unit.

Slide arm ME

2) After replacing the Back ground unit F, perform the Offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4) and White level adjustment
(Section 6.1.5).
3) To avoid defective images, make sure that the pink, blue and black/white cables are separated.

Pink cable

Blue and black/white cables

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 129
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.12.5
5.12.5 HK Ring ME

1) Refer to Section 3.13 for the part number of the HK Rings ME.
2) Do not touch the glass areas of the scanning section while disassembling.

<Removal>
(1) Referring to Section 5.12.4, remove the Back ground unit F.
(2) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver in the right groove when you look at the ADF unit from the document exit side
(photo on the left below), and slide the Pinch roller shaft in the direction of the arrow until the Pinch rollers and shaft are
removed.

Spring

Do not lose the spring when removing the Pinch roller and the shaft.

(3) Remove the pinch rollers from the shaft, then remove the HK rings ME from the rollers.

HK Ring ME

Remove HK ring ME’s from Pinch roller.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 130
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 5.12.5
<Installation>
(1) Insert the side of the shaft with flat area into the right side groove when looking from the document exit side.

Stacker side Flat area

1. Be sure that the flat area of the shaft comes to the Stacker side.

(2) Insert the Pinch roller shaft in the groove, and slide the edge of the shaft in the direction of the arrow with a small flat-blade
screwdriver to install.

Spring
Stacker side

2. Be sure to install the spring between the Pinch roller shaft and the frame.
3. After replacing the HK ring ME, perform the magnification adjustment (Section 6.1.3) and offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 131
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.1

Chapter 6 Adjustment/Settings
6.1 Maintenance Mode
The scanner supports the built-in Maintenance mode that allows service providers to check the scanner performance and
settings. This section gives the description of the Maintenance mode.

Note on Maintenance Mode 05

1: Before performing the sub-scanning magnification adjustment, Offset adjustment, or White level adjustment, set
the user's inherent adjustment value to the default value.
The adjustment is not performed properly if the offset adjustment value and magnification adjustment value are
set individually.

[Default value setting method]


Check the following items on the Software Operation Panel. If you found any individual setting values,
modify them before adjustment.
Software Operation Panel Î Device Setting Î Offset
- Offset setting: “0” for ADF (front) Main/Sub-scanning and ADF (back) Main/Sub-scanning
- Vertical magnification adjustment: “0.0”% for ADF
Software Operation Panel Î Device Setting 2 Î Page edge filler
- “0” for Top/Bottom/Right/Left
* After changing the setting values above, write into EEPROM to reflect the setting.

6.1.1 Activating the Maintenance Mode and Mode Types


(1) How to activate the Maintenance mode
Open the ADF cover and press Power button while holding down the Scan/Stop button to turn ON the power. Keep holding the
Scan/Stop button down until Screen T04 is displayed. This will put the scanner into the Maintenance mode. While in
Maintenance mode, the scanner interface is off-line.
The following display appears during activation of Maintenance mode.

Screen T01
Function No. Power LED Scanner status
Display
ON Initial processing in Maintenance mode

When the Maintenance mode is activated normally after the initial processing, the following display appears.
Screen T04
Function No. Power LED Scanner status
Display
ON Maintenance mode #1 selected

(2) Test/adjustment items of the Maintenance mode


The following lists test/adjustment items #1 ~ #8 that are supported by the scanner.
Mode #1: Paper feeding test and Sensor test
Mode #2: Sub-scanning magnification adjustment
Mode #3: Offset adjustment
Mode #4: White level adjustment
Mode #5: Consumables counter display and reset
Mode #6: Miscellaneous information display
Mode #7: EEPROM data restore
Mode #8: Ultrasonic sensor adjustment

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 132
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.1
(3) How to change the Maintenance mode

To change the Maintenance modes (#1 ~ #7), press the Function button on the operator panel. The display changes as follows.
Mode #1 is the default.

Display
Maintenance Related
Function No. Power Maintenance mode
mode No. Status transition section
Display LED
Paper feeding test and Sensor test 6.1.2

#1 ON

Sub-scanning magnification 6.1.3


adjustment
#2 ON

Offset adjustment 6.1.4

#3 ON

White level adjustment 6.1.5

#4 ON

Consumables counter display and 6.1.6


reset
#5 ON

Miscellaneous information display 6.1.7

#6 ON

EEPROM data restore 6.1.8

#7 ON

Ultrasonic sensor adjustment 6.1.9

#8 ON * Pressing the Function button returns


to #1.

(4) How to start the Maintenance mode

Select a Maintenance mode and press the Scan/Stop button. The scanner activates the selected Maintenance mode.

(5) How to exit the Maintenance mode

Keep pressing the Power button to turn OFF the scanner.


If you exited the Maintenance mode before saving the adjustment result, the result will not be reflected.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 133
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.2
6.1.2 Maintenance Mode #1: Paper feeding, Background switchover and Sensor test

This mode tests the ADF continuous scanning operation at the specified speed and also checks the sensor status (ON/OFF) for
each of the ADF sensors.

[How to start]

(1) From screen T04, press the Scan/Stop button. The selection screen for scanning speed/sensor test appears. A number is
shown on the Function No. Display indicating the selected scanning speed or test mode as follows.

Function No. Scanning speed/test mode Remarks


Display
0 200 dpi Default *1
1 240 dpi *1
2 300 dpi *1
3 400 dpi *1
4 600 dpi *1
5 (Reserved)
6 Background switchover test
7 Sensor test
8 Imprinter sensor test With the Imprinter installed
*1: The scanner performs the self-diagnosis of Section 4.1 during testing. If there is no error
displayed, the test is completed successfully.

(2) The scanning speed/test mode is changed by pressing the Function button. To test the continuous feeding operation, select
the desired scanning speed (this varies depending on the scanning resolution) from 0 ~ 4.
When pressing the Scan/Stop button with paper on the ADF paper chute (Empty sensor ON), the ADF scanning starts.

(3) If the Scan/Stop button is pressed when the Imprinter is installed, the setting whether imprinting is performed or not is
displayed as below. Pressing the Function button can switch this setting.
Go to step (4) if the Imprinter (option) is not installed.

Screen T11
Function No. Scanner status
Display
Not printing (default)

Displays “-” without blinking.

Function button: Switches these settings.


Screen T12
Function No. Scanner status Send to button: Terminates this mode and
Display returns to screen T04.
Printing.

Displays “P” without blinking

(4) If the Scan/Stop button is pressed while the paper is set on the ADF paper chute (Empty sensor: ON), feeding begins.
If “printing” is selected in step (3), the patterns in Section 9.2.4 is printed out.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 134
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.2
(5) By pressing the Scan/Stop button while “7” is shown on the display, the scanner enters the Sensor test mode.
The following table shows how the sensor status is displayed while the sensor test is in progress.

Screen T13
Function No. Description Display
Display
2: indicates Empty sensor status Illuminates when the sensor is ON. (Paper is detected)
1
3: indicates Pick sensor status Illuminates when the sensor is ON. (Paper is detected)
2 4
5 3 7
4: indicates TOP sensor status Illuminates when the sensor is ON. (Paper is detected)
Illuminates when the sensor is OFF. (Cover is open)
6 5: indicates ADF Cover open sensor status
*Note 1

Note 1) Perform this test by opening / closing the ADF cover. If the cover open sensor is pressed by fingers, the
transmitter and the receiver of the multi feed sensors are not aligned and the scanner recognizes that there is
paper on the ADF and “7” lights.
Note 2) Refer to the photo below for sensor positions.

3
5

(6) By pressing the Scan/Stop button while “8” is shown on the display when the Imprinter is installed, the scanner enters the
Imprinter sensor test mode. The following table shows how the sensor status is displayed while the sensor test is in
progress.

Screen T14
Function No. Description Display
Display
1
1: indicates Sensor OPB5 status in Imprinter Illuminates when the sensor is ON. (Paper is detected)
2 4
6: indicates Imprinter cover sensor status Illuminates when the sensor is OFF. (Cover is open)
5 3 7
6 Reserved

Note 1) Refer to the photo below for sensor positions.

1
6

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 135
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.2
Pressing the Function button rotates the Feed motors and the Pick motor.

During the sensor test, you can check the sensor status (ON/OFF) when the document passes through the ADF by the following
procedures:
1. Keep pressing the Function button. The ADF motor starts to rotate.
2. Set the document on the ADF paper chute.

[How to end]

Press the Send to button. The test stops and the Maintenance mode selection screen (T04) appears. The test also terminates
when no paper remains on the ADF paper chute after the paper feeding test. To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep
pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 136
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.3
6.1.3 Maintenance Mode #2: Sub-scanning magnification adjustment

In this mode, the magnification correction values for sub-scanning (vertical) are automatically calculated to satisfy the
following adjustment value.

Adjustment value: Within ±1.0% (Without stop and start during scanning)
If stopped and started during scanning, the adjustment value is within ±2.0.

Before this adjustment, obtain the Test sheet described in the Figure 6.1.3. This is an A3 size sheet of paper.

Notes on Sub-scanning magnification adjustment 05

1: Before performing the sub-scanning magnification adjustment, set the user's inherent adjustment value to the
default value.
The adjustment is not performed properly if the offset adjustment value and magnification adjustment value
are set individually.

[Default value setting method]


Check the following items on the Software Operation Panel. If you found any individual setting values,
modify them before adjustment.
Software Operation Panel Î Device Setting Î Offset
- Offset setting: “0” for ADF (front) Main/Sub-scanning and ADF (back) Main/Sub-scanning
- Vertical magnification adjustment: “0.0”% for ADF
Software Operation Panel Î Device Setting 2 Î Page edge filler
- “0” for Top/Bottom/Right/Left
* After changing the setting values above, write into EEPROM to reflect the setting.

[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, Press the Function button once to select (Maintenance mode #2) and press the Scan/Stop button. A
number is shown on the Function No. Display indicating the magnification to be adjusted as follows.

Function No. Offset to be adjusted Remarks


Display
0 ADF sub-scanning magnification adjustment Default
Prepare the test sheet described in Figure 6.1.3.

(2) Set a white A3 size sheet (Figure 6.1.3) on the ADF paper chute in Portrait orientation, and adjust the sheet guide to the
width of the sheet.

Press the Scan/Stop button to begin the adjustment operation.

[How to abort]

Press the Send to button during the adjustment operation. The operation stops and the Maintenance mode selection screen
(T04) appears.

If is displayed, the sub-scanning magnification is adjustment has been successful. Go to step.3.

If is displayed, the sub-scanning magnification adjustment has failed. Go to step 4.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 137
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.3
(3) When the sub-scanning magnification adjustment is completed successfully

If the sub-scanning magnification adjustment is completed successfully, Screen T21 appears. To save the adjustment result,
press the Function button. If not, press the Send to button.

Screen T21
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Displays “o” without blinking. Function button: Displays screen T22. Writing magnification
correction value in EEPROM is available.
The adjustment has been successful.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

After the Function button is pressed, Screen T22 is displayed. To write the adjustment result, press the Scan/Stop and the
Function buttons simultaneously, then let go. The writing operation begins. Screen T23 is displayed during the operation,
and T24 is displayed when writing is completed.

Screen T22
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (lower half) blinks. Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Begin writing the offset
correction value into EEPROM. During writing
Confirming whether the correction operation, screen T23 is displayed. Screen T24 is
value is written to EEPROM. displayed when writing is completed.

Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Screen T23
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“L” lights without blinking. All buttons are disabled.

Correction value is being written to


EEPROM.

Screen T24
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (upper half) lights without Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
blinking.

The value has been written


successfully.

Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 138
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.3
(4) When the sub-scanning magnification adjustment fails

When the sub-scanning magnification adjustment fails, Screen T25 appears. Press the Function button to see what error has
occurred. After checking the error, press the Send to button to return to Screen T04.

Screen T25
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Displays “c” without blinking. Function button: Displays error information (screen T26)
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
The adjustment has failed.

The major reason for adjustment failure is incorrect setting of the test sheet.
Set the test sheet correctly and try the magnification adjustment again.

Screen T26
Countermeasure when
Function
Description abnormal termination
No. Display
frequently occurs
1:Cannot detect the leading edge of the document Conduct necessary operation by
1
(Image is shifted upward too much) referring to step (2) and later in
2 4 2: Cannot detect the left edge of the document Section 4.3.7.
(Image is shifted to left too much.)
5 3 7
3: Cannot detect the leading edge of the document
6 (Image is shifted downward too much.)
5: Cannot detect the left edge of the document
(Image is shifted to right too much.)
4: Excessive skew A
7: Excessive skew B

Skew A and B are calculated by the following expression.


Skew A = a – b
Skew B = c – d a b

<Available buttons on screen T26>


Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 139
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.3

[Test sheet]
Use the test sheet for magnification / offset adjustment that meets the following specification (A3 copy paper is allowed).

297 ±0.6 mm

White

420 ± 2 mm

Figure 6.1.3 Magnification / Offset Adjustment Test Sheet

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 140
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.4
6.1.4 Maintenance Mode #3: Offset adjustment

In this mode, the offset correction values for main/sub-scanning are automatically calculated to satisfy the following offset
values:

<Target offset value>


Main scanning: The largest offset of A6 or larger size of document shall be: ± 24 dot (@600dpi)
Sub-scanning: The largest offset of A6 or larger size of document shall be: ± 33 dot (@600dpi)

1) The value above is the target value of the offset adjustment. Image specification is as follows:
ADF) Main scanning: Smaller offset of top or bottom of left edge shall be 0 to 1.5mm.
Sub-scanning: Smaller offset of left or right of leading edge shall be 0 to 2.0mm.

2) Before this adjustment, obtain the Test sheet described in the figure 6.1.3. This is an A3 size sheet of paper.

Notes on Offset adjustment 05

1: Before performing the Offset adjustment, set the user's inherent adjustment value to the default value.
The adjustment is not performed properly if the offset adjustment value and magnification adjustment value are
set individually.

[Default value setting method]


Check the following items on the Software Operation Panel. If you found any individual setting values,
modify them before adjustment.
Software Operation Panel Î Device Setting Î Offset
- Offset setting: “0” for ADF (front) Main/Sub-scanning and ADF (back) Main/Sub-scanning
- Vertical magnification adjustment: “0.0”% for ADF
Software Operation Panel Î Device Setting 2 Î Page edge filler
- “0” for Top/Bottom/Right/Left
* After changing the setting values above, write into EEPROM to reflect the setting.

[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, press the Function button twice to select (Maintenance mode #3) and press the
Scan/Stop button. A number is shown on the Function No. Display indicating the location of the offset to be
adjusted.

Function No. Display Offset to be adjusted Remarks


0 ADF front Default
Prepare the test sheet described in figure 6.1.3.
1 ADF back Prepare the test sheet described in figure 6.1.3.

(2) Change the selection by pressing the Function button.


(3) Set a white A3 size sheet (Figure 6.1.3) on the ADF paper chute in Portrait orientation, and adjust the sheet guide to the
width of the sheet.

Press the Scan/Stop button to begin the adjustment operation.

[How to abort]
Press the Send to button during the adjustment operation. The operation stops and the Maintenance mode selection screen
(T04) appears.

If is displayed, the offset adjustment has been successful. Go to step 4.

If is displayed, the offset adjustment has failed. Go to step.5.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 141
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.4
(4) When the offset adjustment is completed successfully

If the offset adjustment is completed successfully, Screen T31 appears. To save the adjustment result, press the Function
button. If not, press the Send to button.

Screen T31
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Displays “o” without blinking. Function button: Displays screen T32 and writing offset
correction value in EEPROM is available.
The adjustment has been successful.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

After the Function button is pressed, Screen T32 is displayed. To write the adjustment result, press the Scan/Stop and the
Function buttons simultaneously, then let go. The writing operation begins. Screen T33 is displayed during the operation, and
T34 is displayed when writing is completed.

Screen T32
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (lower half) blinks. Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Begin writing the offset
correction value into EEPROM. During writing
Confirming whether the correction operation, screen T33 displayed. Screen T34 is
value is written to EEPROM. displayed when writing is complete.

Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Screen T33
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“L” lights without blinking. All buttons are disabled.

Correction value is being written to


EEPROM.

Screen T34
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (upper half) lights without Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
blinking.

The value has been written


successfully.

Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 142
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.4
(5) When the offset adjustment fails

When the offset adjustment fails, Screen T35 appears. Press the Function button to see what error has occurred. After
checking the error, press the Send to button to return to Screen T04.

Screen T35
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Displays “c” without blinking. Function button: Displays error information (screen T36)
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
The adjustment has failed.

The major reason for adjustment failure is incorrect setting of the test sheet.
Set the test sheet correctly and try the offset adjustment again.

Screen T36
Countermeasure when
Function
Description abnormal termination
No. Display
frequently occurs
1:Cannot detect the leading edge of the document Conduct necessary operation by
1
(Image is shifted upward too much.) referring to step (3) and later in
2 4 2: Cannot detect the left edge of the document Section 4.3.6.
(Image is shifted to left too much.)
5 3 7
3: Cannot detect the leading edge of the document
6 (Image is shifted downward too much.)
5: Cannot detect the left edge of the document
(Image is shifted to right too much.))
4: Excessive skew A
7: Excessive skew B

Skew A and B are calculated by the following expression.


Skew A = a – b
Skew B = c – d a b

<Available buttons on screen T36>


Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 143
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.5
6.1.5 Maintenance Mode #4: White level adjustment

In this mode, the white level correction value for the ADF is automatically adjusted.

Before this adjustment, obtain the white level adjustment sheet (A4 coated paper) described in section 6.4.

Notes on White level adjustment 05

1: Before performing the White level adjustment, set the user's inherent adjustment value to the default value.
The adjustment is not performed properly if the offset adjustment value and magnification adjustment value
are set individually.

[Default value setting method】


Check the following items on the Software Operation Panel. If you found any individual setting values,
modify them before adjustment.
Software Operation Panel Î Device Setting Î Offset
- Offset setting: “0” for ADF (front) Main/Sub-scanning and ADF (back) Main/Sub-scanning
- Vertical magnification adjustment: “0.0”% for ADF
Software Operation Panel Î Device Setting 2 Î Page edge filler
- “0” for Top/Bottom/Right/Left
* After changing the setting values above, write into EEPROM to reflect the setting.

[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, press the Function button three times to select (Maintenance mode #4) and press the Scan/Stop button.
A number is shown on the Function No. Display indicating the location of the white level to be adjusted.
Function No. Display White level to be adjusted Remarks
0 ADF front Default
Use the white level adjustment sheet described in Section 6.4.
1 ADF back Use the white level adjustment sheet described in Section 6.4.

(2) Change the selection by pressing the Function button.


(3) Set the white level adjustment test sheet (see Section 5.4) on the ADF paper chute in landscape orientation and adjust the
sheet guide to the width of the test sheet.

Press the Scan/Stop button to begin the adjustment operation.

The adjustment starts approx. 10 seconds after pressing the Scan/Stop button.
Screen T41
Function No. Display Scanner status Available buttons
Blinks during white level All buttons are disabled.
adjustment.

[How to abort]
Press the Send to button during the adjustment operation. The operation stops and the Maintenance mode selection screen
(T04) appears.

If is displayed, the white level adjustment has been successful. Go to step 4.

If is displayed, the white level adjustment has failed. Go to step 5.

After scanning the white level adjustment sheet, it takes approx. 10 seconds for the scanner to calculate the level adjustment.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 144
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.5
(4) When the white level adjustment is completed successfully

If the white level adjustment is completed successfully, Screen T42 appears. To save the adjustment result, press the
Function button. If not, press the Send to button.

Screen T42
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Displays “o” without blinking. Function button: Displays screen T42 and writing the correction
value in EEPROM is available.
The adjustment has been successful. Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

After the Function button is pressed, Screen T43 is displayed. To write the adjustment result, press the Scan/Stop and the
Function buttons simultaneously, then let go. The writing operation begins. Screen T44 is displayed during the operation. T45
is displayed when writing is complete.

Screen T43
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (lower half) blinks. Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Begin writing the white
level correction value to EEPROM. During the writing
Confirming whether the correction value operation, screen T44 displayed. Screen T45 is
is written to EEPROM. displayed when writing is complete.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Screen T44
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“L” lights without blinking. All buttons are disabled.

Correction value is being written to EEPROM.

Screen T45
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (upper half) lights without blinking. Send to button: Terminates this mode and
returns to screen T04.
The value has been written successfully.

Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 145
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.5
(5) When the white level adjustment fails
When the white level adjustment fails, Screen T46 appears. Press the Function button to see what error has occurred. After
checking the error, press the Send to button to return to Screen T04.

Screen T46
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Displays “c” without blinking. Function button: Displays error information (screen T47)
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
The adjustment has failed.

Screen T47
Function No. Description Countermeasure when abnormal
Display termination frequently occurs
1 1: media error The Lamps, Optical units may be defective.
Replace the defective parts.
2 4 The test sheet may not be the specified one.
5 3 7 Please confirm the test sheet.
6

<Available buttons at screen T47>


Send to button: Terminates this mode and return to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 146
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.6
6.1.6 Maintenance Mode #5: Consumables counter display and Reset

In this mode, the following consumable counters cab be displayed and reset:
・ Pick counter (Abrasion counter for the Pick roller)
・ Brake roller counter (Abrasion counter for the Brake roller)
・ Remaining ink (with the Imprinter installed)
・ Print cartridge counter (with the Imprinter installed)

[How to operate]

(1) From screen T04, press the Function button four times to select (Maintenance mode #5) and press the Scan/Stop button.
A number is shown on the Function No. Display indicating the counters as follows.

Function No. Display Remarks


Display
0 Pick counter (Abrasion counter for Pick roller) Default
1 Brake roller counter (Abrasion counter for Brake roller)
2 Remaining ink Only when the Imprinter is
3 Print cartridge counter installed.

(2) Change the selection by pressing the Function button.

(3) The counter is displayed as follows when pressing the Scan/Stop button.

Counter Display
Pick counter The counter displays 8 digits in total, 1 number at a time (1 blink), from left digit to
right digit. (If the counter has not reached 8 digits yet, 0 is added to blank digits.) The
symbol “-“ is displayed before the first number, indicating the counter display begins.
The counter displays “0” until it reaches 500, and increases in increments of 10 after
500.

eg. When the counter is “16,245”, “-00016240” is displayed in the following order:
“-” Æ “0” Æ “0” Æ “0” Æ “1” Æ “6” Æ “2” Æ “4” Æ “0”
Brake roller counter See “Pick counter” for how to display.
Remaining ink The counter displays 3 digits in total between 100 to o (percentage), following the
symbol “-“. 100 (%) is the initial value. As consumed amount of ink differs
depending on environmental condition, this is approximate number.

eg. When ink remains 58%:


“-“ Æ “0” Æ “5” Æ “8”

Print cartridge counter The counter displays 8 digits in total. See “Pick counter” for how to display.

[How to reset]
The following buttons are available during the counter display.
Function button: Displays screen T51 to reset the counter.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Screen T51
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (lower half) blinks. Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Begin resetting the
displayed counter value to 0. During the reset operation,
Counter is ready to be reset. screen T52 displayed. Screen T53 is displayed when the
counter is reset.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 147
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.6
Screen T52
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“L” lights without blinking. All buttons are disabled.

The counter is being reset.

Screen T53
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (upper half) lights without Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
blinking.

Counter reset is complete.

Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 148
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.7
6.1.7 Maintenance Mode #6: Miscellaneous information display

In this mode, the following information is displayed:


・ Firmware version number
・ Starting date of the scanner *
・ The accumulated number that have been scanned by the ADF
*: This indicates the date when the scanner is activated by the driver for the first time. This information is only available if the
driver supports this function.

[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, press the Function button five times to select (Maintenance mode #6) and press the Scan/Stop button.
A number is shown on the Function No. Display indicating the information as follows.
Function No. Display Remarks
Display
0 Firmware version Default
1 Starting date of the scanner
2 Accumulated number of paper scanned by ADF

(2) Change the selection by pressing the Function button.


(3) The information is displayed as follows when pressing the Scan/Stop button.

Information Display
Firmware version number The version numbers (4 digits for each) are displayed following the symbol “-“.
eg.1. When the SDC version is “A00” and the MDC version is “B00” (*1),
<SDC> <MDC>
“-” Æ “0” Æ “1” Æ “0” Æ “0” Æ “-” Æ “0” Æ “2” Æ “0” Æ “0”
The letter “A” through “L” are expressed by two digits with following rule.
A B C …… J K L SDC: Firm for controlling interface
01 02 03 …… 10 11 12 MDC: Firm for controlling mechanism

eg.2. When the SDC version is “B00”, the MDC is “C00”, and the Imprinter version is “A00”
<SDC> <MDC>
“-” Æ “0” Æ “2” Æ “0” Æ “0” Æ “-” Æ “0” Æ “3” Æ “0” Æ “0” Æ
<Imprinter>
“P“ Æ “0” Æ “1” Æ “0” Æ “0”
The display changes every 0.5 second.
Starting date of the scanner Starting date of the scanner is displayed in 6 digits, 2 digits for “Year (Christian calendar)”, 2
digits for “Month”, and 2 digits for “Date”, following the symbol “-“. You cannot reset the
date.
eg. When the starting date is January 31st, 2002, “020131” is displayed in the following order:
“-” Æ “0” Æ “2” Æ “0” Æ “1” Æ “3” Æ “1”

The accumulated number The accumulated number of scanned by the ADF is displayed in 8 digits from left to right,
of paper scanned by the following the symbol “-“. (If the counter does not reach 8 digits, 0 is added to blank digits.)
ADF The counter displays “0” until it reaches 10, and increases in increment of 10. You cannot reset
this counter.
eg. When the accumulated number is “16,245”, “00016240” is displayed in the following
order:
“-” Æ “0” Æ “0” Æ “0” Æ “1” Æ “6” Æ “2” Æ “4” Æ “0”
*1: The firmware version is normally expressed by an alphabet, such as A, B or C. However, if the firmware is a beta version,
two digits are added after the alphabet character, such as A01, A02 or A03. So the firmware version like A00, B00 or C00
means this is an official version.
*2: As the Function No. display cannot display alphabets, an alphabet is expressed by two digits as follows:
A B C ---------- J K L
01 02 03 ---------- 10 11 12

[How to abort]
Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 149
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.8
6.1.8 Maintenance Mode #7: EEPROM data restore
When replacing the Panel PCA A, the EEPROM data on the Panel PCA A must be moved to the flash memory of the Control
PCA. In this mode, the data is restored from the Control PCA to the Panel PCA A.

[How to start]

(1) From screen T04, press the Function button six times to select (Maintenance mode #7) and press the Scan/Stop button.
The following display appears.

To restore the EEPROM data, press the Scan/Stop and Function buttons simultaneously, then let go. The restore operation
begins. Screen T72 is displayed during the operation. T73 is displayed when restoration is complete.

Screen T71
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (lower half) blinks. Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Returns the data from the
Control PCA to the EEPROM. During the restore
Confirming whether the data is operation, screen T72 is displayed.
restored or not. Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Screen T72
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“L” lights without blinking. All buttons are disabled.

The data is being restored.

When the data restoration is successful, the following display appears. Press the Send to button: to return to screen T04.

Screen T73 Normal termination


Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Displays “o” (upper half) Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
without blinking.

The data has been restored


successfully.

When no data exists on the Control PCA, the following display appears. Press the Send to button to return to screen T04.

Screen T74 No data


Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Displays “c” without blinking. Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 150
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.9
6.1.9 Maintenance Mode #8: Ultrasonic sensor adjustment

In this mode, the optimum Ultrasonic sensor (US sensor) output is automatically adjusted in order to improve the multi feed
detection accuracy.

Before this adjustment, obtain the adjustment sheet (A4 size thick paper) described in Section 5.4.

[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, press the Function button seven times to select (Maintenance mode #8). Place the adjustment sheet on
the ADF paper chute and press the Scan/Stop button. The adjustment will begin.
Screen T81 is displayed during the Ultrasonic sensor adjustment.

Screen T81
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Blinking “5” is displayed during All buttons are disabled.
adjustment.

[How to abort]

Press the Send to button during the adjustment operation. The operation stops and the Maintenance mode selection screen
(T04) appears.

If is displayed, the adjustment was successful. Go to item No.4.

If is displayed, the adjustment failed. Go to item No.5.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 151
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.9
(4) When the ultrasonic sensor adjustment is successful

If the ultrasonic sensor adjustment is successful, Screen T82 appears. To save the adjustment result, press the Function
button. If not, press the Send to button.

Screen T82
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Displays “o” without blinking. Function button: Displays screen T83 and writing the correction
value in EEPROM is available.
The adjustment has been successful. Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

After the Function button is pressed, Screen T83 is displayed. To write the adjustment result, press the Scan/Stop and the
Function buttons simultaneously, then let go. The writing operation begins. Screen T84 is displayed during operation, and
T85 is displayed when writing has completed.

Screen T83
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (lower half) blinks. Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Begin writing the white
level correction value into EEPROM. During the writing
Confirming whether the correction value operation, screen T84 displayed. Screen T85 is
is written to EEPROM or not. displayed when writing is complete.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Screen T84
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“L” lights without blinking. All buttons are disabled.

Correction value is being written to


EEPROM.

Screen T85
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
“o” (upper half) lights without blinking. Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

The value has been written successfully.

Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 152
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.1.9
(5) When the ultrasonic sensor adjustment fails
When the ultrasonic sensor adjustment fails, Screen T86 appears. Press the Function button to see what error has occurred.
After checking the error, press the Send to button to return to Screen T04.

Screen T86
Function No. Scanner status Available buttons
Display
Displays “c” without blinking. Function button: Displays error information (screen T87)
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
The adjustment has failed.

Screen T87
Function No. Description Countermeasure when abnormal
Display termination frequently occurs
1 1: Adjustment failed because of incorrect sensor output. Confirm whether this adjustment has been
4
performed with the Adjustment sheet
2 (PA03296-Y990) in Section 6.4. If the
5 3 7 adjustment sheet is right, the US sensor or
US PCA is defective.
6

Send to button: Terminates this mode and return to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 153
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.2

6.2 Saving EEPROM Data

The EEPROM data on the Panel PCA A can be saved to the flash memory of the Control PCA. This operation is required when
replacing the Panel PCA A. Since this operation is performed when the Panel PCA A is malfunctioning, the following
procedure was designed to save the EEPROM data without the use of the operator panel.

1. Do not perform this procedure unless the Panel PCA A is malfunctioning.


2. The Panel PCA A from which the data was saved to the Control PCA cannot be used again.
3. Make sure to have a new Panel PCA A before saving the EEPROM data.
4. If EEPROM data cannot be saved/restored, the device setting returns to the factory default. Explain
your customer and ask to configure the device setting again. (See Note 2.)

[How to save the EEPROM data onto the Control PCA]


1. Open the ADF cover. While pressing the TOP sensor lever
(ON), power on the scanner. “P” -> “H ” are displayed.
2. Let go of the TOP sensor lever. Press the TOP sensor longer
than 1 second twice.
3. Close the ADF cover. “L” is displayed when the Function No.
Display is working normally.
4. After more than 5 seconds elapse, open the ADF cover.
5. When the EEPROM data is successfully saved, the ADF front TOP sensor
lamp blinks 3 times and is displayed on the Function No.
Display. In case the EEPROM data is not successfully
saved, the lamp does not blink and is displayed on the
Function No. Display.

1. If EEPROM data is saved to the Control PCA successfully, the scanner writes some information on the Panel PCA A that
disables the usage of it. The replacement of the Panel PCA A is required after saving the EEPROM data to the Control
PCA. If the scanner is turned on without replacing the Panel PCA A, “E” and “6” are displayed alternately on the
Operator panel which signifies an error.
2. If EEPROM data cannot be saved/restored, the unique setting will not be taken over. The device setting will return to the
factory default (initial setting).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 154
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 6.3

6.3 Test Item List


6.1.2 6.1.3 6.1.4 6.1.5 6.1.6 6.1.7 6.1.8 6.1.9

Paper feeding test

Sensor test
(Imprinter sensor)

Sub-scanning

Offset adjustment

White level adjustment

display & reset


Consumable

information display
Miscellaneous

EEPROM data restore

adjustment
Ultrasonic
magnification adjustment
No. Maintenance Mode

counter

sensor
1 ADF FIX UNIT ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 ADF REV UNIT ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
3 BACK GROUND UNIT F ● ● ●
4 BACK GROUND UNIT B ● ● ●
5 INVERTER ● ●
6 US SENSOR ● ●
7 US PCA ● ●
SENSOR
(For Pick arm position detection)
8 (For Background switchover ● ●
mechanism detection)
(For Empty sensor)
9 PICK SENSOR ● ●
10 DF SENSOR ●
11 GUIDE S ASSY ●
12 PICK MOTOR ● ●
13 HK RING ME ● ● ●
BW MOTOR
(For Pick arm drive)
14 ● ●
(For Background switchover
mechanism drive)
15 FEED MOTOR ● ● ●
16 BELT ADF ● ● ●
17 TOP SENSOR ● ● ●
18 SENSOR OP ● ●
19 OPTICAL UNIT ADF ● ● ●
20 CONTROL PCA ●
21 (Reserved)
22 FUSE 1 ●
23 FUSE 2 ●
24 FUSE 3 ●
25 POWER SUPPLY ●
26 STACKER ASSY ● - - - - - - -
27 CHUTE ASSY ● - - - - - - -
28 CHUTE ROLLER ● - - - - - - -
29 PANEL UNIT A ● ●*1
30 PANEL PCA A ● ●*1
31 PANEL UNIT B ●
32 PANEL PCA B ●
33 FAN ASSY ●
34 CGA BOARD ●
35 DIMM ●
36 ADF UNIT ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
*1: Before replacing the Panel Unit A and/or the Panel PCA A, be sure to save the EEPROM data (Section 6.2).
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 155
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.1

Chapter 7 Operation and Daily Maintenance

7.1 Basic Operation


7.1.1 Turning the Scanner ON/OFF

Turning the Scanner ON

For a SCSI cable connection, be sure to turn on your computer AFTER turning on the scanner, and making
sure number “1” indicates on the Function Number Display.

(1) Press the “I” side of the Main Power Switch of the scanner.

(2) Press the [Power] button on the Operator Panel.


The scanner is turned ON, and the Power LED on the Operator Panel lights in green.

Function Number Display


Note that while the scanner is being initialized, the indication of the Function Number Display changes as follows: “8”
Æ “P” Æ “0” Æ “1”, where “1” means that the Operator Panel is in the Ready Status.

Use the Main Power Switch to turn on the power if “Power SW Control” using the [Power] button on the Operator Panel
has been disabled.

Turning the Scanner OFF


(1) Press the [Power] button on the Operator Panel for more than 2 seconds.
Î The power is turned off and the Power LED goes off.
(2) Press the “O” side of the Main Power Switch of the scanner.

Use the Main Power Switch to turn off the power if “Power SW Control” using the [Power] button on the Operator Panel
has been disabled.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 156
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.1.2
7.1.2 Loading Documents on the ADF

This section describes how to load documents on the ADF.

(1) Align the edge of your document.


1 Confirm that all the documents have the same width.
2 Check the number of sheets in the document stack.
The following is a guideline for the limits on loadable sheets:
• A4/letter-size paper or smaller that makes a document stack of 20 mm or less (80 g/m2)
• A4/letter-size paper or larger that makes a document stack of 10 mm or less (80 g/m2)

(2) Fan the documents as follows:


1 Hold the document stack with both hands and fan it out several times.

2. Turn the document stack by 90 degrees, and then fan it in the different orientation again.
3. Align the edge of the document.

(3) Load the documents face down on the ADF Paper Chute.

Note: If the documents to scan are long, slide the Paper Chute Extension
out from the ADF Paper Chute up to the position where the
documents can be fully supported.

When scanning plastic cards, you need to pay attention to the following:
• Place one card on the ADF Paper Chute at a time.
• It is recommended that the front side of the card be placed face down in the ADF.
• Place the card in the following orientation (portrait).
• The card to be scanned should satisfy:
ISO7810 type ID-1 type compliant card
Size : 86 (height) x 54 (width) mm
Thickness : 0.76 ± 0.08 mm
Material : Poly vinyl chloride (PVC) or Polyvinyl
chloride acetate (PVCA)
Before scanning your card, test with a dummy card of the
same material to see if it can be fed into the ADF
properly.
• Embossed cards cannot be scanned.
• Cards that are excessively rigid or less flexible may not feed smoothly.
• Wipe off greasy finger marks if any from the surface of card before scanning the card.
• Cards cannot be scanned when the imprinter is installed.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 157
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.1.2
(4) Adjust the Side Guides to the width of the document.
Slide the Side Guides so they touch both edges of the document lightly.
Any gap between the guides and the document edge may cause skewed images.

• Remove paper clips and staples from the document before scanning.
If multifeed or mis-picking occurs, reduce the number of documents loaded on the Chute.
• When loading small documents, be careful not to touch the hood for the Chute Roller during scanning. Doing so may
let the hood open that may catch your finger.

(5) Pull out the Stacker Extension to the length of the documents, and then raise the Paper Stopper to stop the documents.

Adjust the height of the Stacker according to the paper type being scanned.
Select a desired height. The upper position is recommended for ordinary use.

Select the lower position to scan thin or curled documents.

The number of documents that can be loaded on the ADF decreases when the upper position is selected. (About 100
sheets if the paper weight is 80g/m2.)

(6) Open the scanning application to begin scanning.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 158
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.1.2
The following is the example of scanning procedure by ScandAll PRO.

1. Start up the ScandAll PRO.


Select the [start] menu Æ [All Programs] Æ [Fujitsu ScandAll PRO] Æ [Fujitsu ScandAll PRO].
Î ScandAll PRO starts up.

2. Select the [Tool] menu Æ [Preferences].


Î The [Setup] dialog box appears.

3. On the [Scan] tab, under [Device Driver], select either of the drivers, and then click the [OK] button.
4. Select the [Scan] menu Æ [Select Scanner].
Î The [Select Scanner] dialog box appears.

5. Select a scanner you want to use, and then click the [Select] button.
Select the scanner model name that you connected to the PC. The indication of the scanner name depends on the scanner
driver selected. If you use CGA, select “Kofax VRS Scanner.”
TWAIN ISIS/VRS
Scanner model
FUJITSU TWAIN32 FUJITSU ISIS Kofax VRS
fi-6670
FUJITSU fi-6670dj Fujitsu fi-6670 Kofax VRS Scanner
fi-6670A

6. Select the [Scan] menu Æ [Scan Settings].


On the [Scan Settings] dialog box, specify the folder where the scanned document images are saved into.

7. On the [Scan Settings] dialog box, click the [Scanner Setting] button.
Configure the scan parameters such as “Resolution” and “Paper size.”

8. On the [Scan settings] dialog box, click the [Scan] button.

When the scanning operation is complete, the scanned image is displayed on the ScandAll PRO window.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 159
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.1.3
7.1.3 Software Operation Panel
The Software Operation Panel (SOP) is installed together with the scanner divers (TWAIN/ISIS).
With this application, you can configure various settings for operating the scanner and for managing its consumables, and the
setting information that is necessary to be saved is stored in the EEPROM.

1. Confirm if the scanner is connected correctly to the PC, then power on the scanner.
2. Select the [start] menu Æ [All Programs] Æ [Scanner Utility for Microsoft Windows] Æ [Software Operation Panel].
Î The [Software Operation Panel] dialog box appears.
FUJITSU Software Operation Panel

You can confirm and configure the following items on the Software Operation Panel.
z Diagnosis: Diagnoses the scanner.
z Device Info: Displays various information of the scanner.
z Device Setting: Checks the Page counter, configures Power saving, Offset and Vertical magnification adjustment.
z Device Setting 2: Configures Multifeed, Page edge filler, Dropout color, Useful life counter, etc.

* For the details of each setting, refer to the table below.


[Device setting]
Connector Connector
1 2
Item Explanation Selectable Parameters Default
Connection via
SCSI/USB connector
Page Counter For evaluating the After cleaning/Brake 0 pages
(Consumables consumable Roller/Pick Roller
counters) replacement cycle.
Use this function to Remaining Ink (only when Shown only
the imprinter option for when the Yes Yes
reset the counters after
cleaning or replacing fi-6670/fi-6670A is Imprinter option
the consumables. installed) for fi-6670/6670A
is installed
Power saving Specify the waiting time Setting range: 15 to 55 15 min.
before entering the min. (in steps of 5 min.) Yes Yes
Power saving mode.
Offset Adjust the starting Unit: Main/Sub: 0mm
position for the For connection via
document scanning. SCSI/USB Connector 1:
ADF (Front), ADF (Back)
For connection via Yes Yes
SCSI/USB Connector 2:
ADF (Back)
Main/Sub: -2 mm to 3 mm
(in steps of 0.5 mm)
Vertical Adjust the magnification Setting range: -3.1 to 0%
magnification in the feeding direction 3.1% (in steps of 0.1%)
Yes Yes
Adjustment on the scanning side
specified for [Unit].

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 160
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.1.3
[Device Setting 2]
Connector Connector
1 2
Item Explanation Selectable Parameters Default Connection via
SCSI/USB
connector
Multifeed Select the method to detect None/Check Check
multifeeds. Overlapping Overlapping
Check either of overlapping
[Ultrasonic]/Check [Ultrasonic]
or document length, or both.
Can also be specified from Length/Check
the scanner driver’s setting Overlapping and Yes Yes
dialog box. Length Selectable
Note the setting with the length (to be detected
scanner driver is given a as length difference):
priority. 10, 15 or 20 mm
Page Edge Fill the specified width of ADF: Top/Bottom/
Filler (ADF) the end sections on the Top/Left/Right: 0 to 15 Left/Right:
scanned image with white mm
0mm
or black color. Bottom: -7 to 7 mm (in
When the backing increments of 1 mm)
(background) color is white,
the end sections are filled
with white; and when the
background color is black,
filled with black. Yes No
Can also be specified from
the scanner driver’s setting
dialog box.
Note the setting with a (A: Image area, B:
larger value is given a Filled area, A+B:
priority. Output area)
The setting here is not
applied when Kofax VRS is
used.
Dropout color Drop out a preselected Red/Green/Blue/White Green
color for the scanned image
(binary black &
white/grayscale mode only).
Can also be specified from
the scanner driver’s setting Yes No
dialog box.
Note the setting with the
scanner driver is given a
priority.
Pre-pick To give a higher priority to Yes/No Yes
processing speed, select
[Yes], if not, select [No].
Can also be specified from
the scanner driver’s setting Yes No
dialog box.
Note the setting with the
scanner driver is given a
priority.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 161
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.1.3
[Device Setting 2] (Cont’d)
Connector Connector
1 2
Item Explanation Selectable Parameters Default Connection via
SCSI/USB
connector
Document Selected range: Check this Check or do not check Do not check
check area item when limiting the range "Selected range"
specification of detecting multifeeds. You Enable/Disable Disable
for Multifeed can determine if multifeed (when "Selected range" is
Detection detection is enabled or checked)
disabled for the specified
area.
Start: Specify the start point 0 to 510 mm 0mm Yes Yes
of the check area in length (in increments of 2 mm)
(mm) from the top edge of
the document.
End: Specify the end point 0 to 510 mm 0mm
of the check area in length (in increments of 2 mm)
(mm) from the top edge of
the document.
Intelligent Bypass multifeed detection Manual Mode/Auto Mode Manual mode Yes Yes
Multifeed by remembering the pattern 1/Auto Mode 2
(size and location) of glued
Function
paper on the document.
Note that you need to select
"Check Overlapping"
beforehand.
Cleaning Cycle Displays the time to clean 1,000 to 255,000 sheets 10,000 Yes Yes
the consumables. When the (in increments sheets
number of sheets scanned of 1,000)
exceeds the value of this Show cleaning
counter, the background instructions: Check/Do
color of the counter turns not check Do not check
yellow and a cleaning
instruction is prompted from
the scanner driver.
The cleaning instruction is
not displayed when CGA
(Kofax VRS) is used.
Useful life When the value of the page 10,000 to 2,550,000 200,000 枚 Yes Yes
counter counter (consumables sheets (in increments
of 10,000) for each
counter) exceeds a value
consumable
specified here, the
background color of the
counter turns yellow, and a
replacing instruction is
displayed from the scanner
driver.
SCSI Bus Specify the data transfer 16 bit (Wide)/8 bit 16bit (wide) No Yes
WIdth width when the connection
is via SCSI Connector 2 on
the CGA board.
AutoCrop Select whether to round up Round Up/Round Down Round Down Yes No
Boundary or down the fractional part of
scanned image data.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 162
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.1.3
[Device Setting 2] (Cont’d)
Connector Connector
Item Explanation Selectable Parameters Default
1 2
Manual-feed Specify the waiting time to Disable/Enable Disable Yes Yes
timeout disable manual feeding. Waiting time setting
when this option is
enabled:
For connection via
SCSI/USB Connector 1:
5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
60, 70, 80, 90, 100,
110, 120, 180, 240,
300, 360, 420, 480,
540, 600, 900, 1200,
1500, 1800, 1999 (in
seconds)

For connection via


SCSI/USB Connector 2:
5, 10, 20, 30 (in
seconds)
Power SW Specify whether or not to Enable power switch/ Enable Yes Yes
Control enable power switch by using Disable power switch power
the [Power] button on the switch
Operator Panel.
Scan Setting For a document that includes For connection via Document Yes Yes
for Document index sheets or a document SCSI/USB Connector 1: without tab
with Tab with index stickers (or tabs) Document with
attached at its bottom edge, tab/Document without
you can specify whether or tab/Non-rectangular
not to include the index document
portion (or tab) images during For connection via
scanning with Auto Paper SCSI/USB Connector 2:
Size Detection setting. When Document with
"Document with tab" is tab/Document without
selected, the tab (index) tab
image is included in the
document page image.
Scanning speed with this
setting, however, slows down
to a certain degree.
Once this setting is enabled,
the [Scan Setting for
Document in Dark
Background Color] option will
automatically be disabled.
Scan Setting Specify whether or not to Disable/Enable Disable No Yes
for Document detect the edge of document Density of background
in Dark in a dark background color color: 1 to 5
Background during scanning. Levels
Color You can specify a density of
background color so the edge
will be detected correctly.
Once this option is enabled,
the settings for scanning
documents with tabs will
automatically be disabled.
Overcrop/ Adjust the output image Overcrop: 0 mm to 3 0mm No Yes
Undercrop scanned by enabling the mm (in increments of 1
Automatic Page Size mm)
Detection option. Undercrop: -3 mm to 0
mm (in increments of 1
mm)
Pick Pressure Specify the pick pressure for Low/Mid/High Mid Yes Yes
feeding documents.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 163
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.2.1

7.2 Cleaning

• When operating the scanner, the glass inside the ADF become very hot.
• Before you clean the inside of the scanner, turn off its power and unplug the AC adapter from the DC outlet. Wait for at least
15 minutes for the ADF glass to cool.
• Before you clean the Feed Rollers and Eject Rollers, turn off the scanner and unplug the AC adapter from the DC outlet.
Wait for at least 15 minutes, then turn on the power again.
• Do not use any aerosol sprays or alcohol based sprays to clean the scanner. Dust blown up by strong air from the spray may
enter the inside of the scanner. This may cause the scanner to fail or malfunction.
Sparks caused by static electricity, generated when blowing off dust and dirt from the outside of the scanner, may cause a fire.

Note:
• The actual cleaning cycle depends on the conditions of the documents scanned. You must clean the scanner more frequently
when the following documents are scanned:
- Smooth-faced documents such as coated paper
- Documents with printed text or graphics almost covering the entire surface
- Chemically treated documents such as carbonless paper
- Documents containing a large amount of calcium carbonate
- A large volume of documents written with pencil
- Documents on which the toner is not fused sufficiently

7.2.1 Cleaning the ADF


As a guideline, clean the ADF every 10,000 scanned sheets.
Note that this guideline varies according to the type of documents you scan. For example, it may be necessary to clean the ADF
more frequently if documents are scanned when the toner is not fused to the paper properly.

Clean the ADF by following the procedure below.


(1) Turn off the scanner, and wait for at least 15 minutes.

(2) Pushing the ADF Open Buttons, lift open the ADF.

Be careful, the ADF may close and pinch your finger.

(3) Clean the following locations using a cloth moistened with isopropyl alcohol.
Note: To avoid damaging the document sensors, take care that cloth does not hook them during wiping.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 164
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.2.1
Brake Roller
Lightly clean the Brake Roller along the grooves on the rollers, taking care not to scratch its surface.
When cleaning the Brake Roller, remove them from the scanner.

Pick Rollers
Lightly clean the Pick Rollers along the grooves on the rollers, taking care not to scratch their surface. Take particular care
when cleaning these rollers as black debris on them adversely affects the paper pick performance.

Roller with groove Roller without groove


Plastic Rollers
Lightly clean the Plastic Rollers, taking care not to damage their surface. Take particular care when cleaning these rollers
as black debris on them adversely affects the pickup performance. Be careful not to damage the sponge HK Rings attached
on each side of the rollers.

Pick Arm
Lightly wipe off the roller at the tip of the Pick Arm.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 165
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.2.1
Chute Roller
Lightly wipe off the Chute Roller with its hood open.

Glasses/Sheet Guides/Ultrasonic Sensors


Lightly wipe off the glass, Sheet Guides, and Ultrasonic Sensors.

If the glass is dirty, vertical streaks may appear in the scanned images.

(4) Turn on the scanner. Then clean the Feed Rollers.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 166
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.2.1
Feed Rollers
1 With the power on, open the ADF when the Operator Panel indicates error code other than “P” and number “0.”
Note that the Feed Rollers will not rotate if you open the ADF and do the following action while “P” and “0” are
indicated.
2 Hold down the [Send to] and [Scan/Stop] buttons simultaneously on the Operator Panel. The Feed Rollers and Eject
Rollers start to rotate.

Both the Feed Rollers and Eject Rollers turn at the same time.

3 Hold a soft cloth moistened with cleaning fluid against the surface of the rotating Feed Rollers and Eject Rollers so that
the cloth wipes off the surface of the rollers lightly. Take particular care in cleaning these rollers as black debris on them
adversely affects the feeding performance.
As a guideline, pressing of the [Send to] and [Scan/Stop] buttons together seven times turn the Feed Rollers and Eject
Rollers one full rotation.

(5) Close the ADF.


Press down on the center of the ADF to return it to its original position until the ADF Open Buttons are locked.

Note: Make sure the ADF is completely and properly closed. Feeding errors may occur if the ADF is not closed properly.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 167
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.3

7.3 Consumables and Replacement


• When operating the scanner, the glasses inside the ADF become very hot.
• Before you replace the consumables, turn the scanner off and unplug the power cable. Wait for at least 15 minutes for the
ADF glasses to cool down.

7.3.1 Consumables
The scanner has the following consumables which users need to replace at the following intervals. To check the number of
scanned documents, go to Maintenance mode (Section 6.1.6) or the Software Operation Panel of the scanner (Section 7.1.3).
For Imprinter (option) consumables: See Section 8.1.1
No. Part name Specifications Standard replacement How to check the number How to replace
cycle *1 of scanned documents
250,000 sheets
1 Brake roller PA03576-K010 or See Section 7.3.3.
one year
See Section 7.3.2.
250,000 sheets
2 Pick roller PA03338-K011 or See Section 7.3.4.
one year
* The replacement cycles above are rough guidelines for the case of using A4/Letter-sized woodfree or wood containing paper
of 64 g/m2 (17 lb) in weight. This cycle varies according to the type of the paper used and how frequently the scanner is used
and cleaned.

Note: Use only the specified consumables to avoid document feeding trouble.

7.3.2 Checking and Resetting the Consumables Counters


(1) Start up the Software Operation Panel.
Select [start] menu -> [All Programs] -> [Scanner Utility for Microsoft Windows] -> [Software Operation Panel].
(2) From the tree listing on the left, select [Device Setting].

In the dialog box, you can confirm the following items:


Item Description
Total Page Count (ADF) Total scanned sheets using the ADF
After cleaning Total sheets scanned after last cleaning
Brake Roller Number of sheets scanned since last replacement of Brake Roller
Pick Roller Number of sheets scanned since last replacement of Pick Rollers
Remaining Ink Remaining ink in the imprinter’s (option) print cartridge
(Displayed only when the imprinter option is used.)

(3) Click the [Clear] button beside the replaced consumables.


(4) Click the [OK] button on the cleaning instruction displayed.
Î The counter is reset to 0.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 168
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.3.3
7.3.3 Replacing the Brake Roller

(1) Remove all the documents (if any) from the ADF Paper Chute.

(2) Pushing the ADF Open Buttons, lift open the ADF.

Be careful, the ADF may close and pinch your fingers.

(3) Holding the Brake Roller Holder, open the cover of the Brake Roller in the arrow-indicated direction, and then remove the
Brake Roller from the scanner.

(4) Remove the Brake Roller from its shaft.

(5) Attach a new Brake Roller by joining the groove of the shaft with the protruding section of the rotating shaft.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 169
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.3.3
(6) Place the Brake Roller in the holder by aligning the flat section of the rotating shaft to the guide slot of the Brake Holder on
the scanner, and then close the Brake Roller Holder.

(7) Close the ADF by pressing down the center of the ADF to return to its original position until the ADF clicks into place.

• Be careful, the ADF may close and pinch your fingers.


• Do not close the ADF while the Brake Roller Cover is open.
• Confirm that the Brake Roller is attached firmly. If not,
paper feed errors such as multfeeds will occur.

(8) Reset the brake roller counter by referring to Section 7.3.2.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 170
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.3.4
7.3.4 Replacing the Pick Rollers

The scanner has two Pick Rollers. Be sure to replace both of them at the same time.

(1) Remove documents (if any) from the ADF Paper Chute.

(2) Pushing the ADF Open Buttons, lift open the ADF.

Be careful, the ADF may close and pinch your fingers.

(3) Remove the ADF Paper Chute.

(4) Open the Pick Roller Cover and pull out the Pick Rollers (x2) from the rotating shaft on the scanner.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 171
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 7.3.4
(5) Insert each new Pick Roller so its socket will fit on to the rotating shaft screws on the scanner, and close the Pick Roller
Cover. Confirm that both sides of the cover are locked firmly.

(6) Attach the ADF Paper Chute.

(7) Close the ADF by pressing down the center of the ADF to return to its original position until the ADF clicks into place.

• Be careful, the ADF may close and pinch your fingers.


• Do not close the ADF while the Pick Roller Cover is open.
• Confirm that the Pick Rollers are attached firmly. If not,
paper feed errors such as paper jams will occur.

(8) Reset the pick roller counter by referring to Section 7.3.2.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 172
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.1.1

Chapter 8 Imprinter
8.1 Imprinter Specification
8.1.1 Printing Specification
Item Specification
Printing Method Thermal inkjet printing
Print Timing Post printing (printing after scanning)
Printing Characters Alphabet : A~Z, a~z
Numeric Characters : 0, 1~9
Symbols : ! ” $ # % & ’ ( ) * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] ^ _` { | } ~
Number of characters Maximum 43 characters
per line
Print orientation Normal: 0o 180o (horizontal) 90o 270o (vertical)

Feeding direction
Feeding direction

Feeding direction
Feeding direction
A

A B C 00 1
ABC001
ABC001

B
C
0
0
1
(Backside) (Backside) (Backside) (Backside)
o o
Narrow: 0 180 (horizontal)
Character size Normal: Height 2.91mm × width 2.82mm / 0.1146 × 0.1110 inch (horizontal orientation),
(Verti. X Holi.) Height 2.82mm × width 2.91mm / 0.1110 × 0.1146 inch (vertical orientation)
Narrow: Height 2.91mm × width 2.12mm / 0.1146 × 0.0835 inch (horizontal orientation)
Character pitch Normal:3.53mm / 0.139 inch, Narrow: 2.54mm / 0.100 inch
Font Style Regular, Bold
Character width Normal, Narrow
Document that can be Documents supported by fi-6670 / fi-6670A
scanned Documents that are not easily interfused such as art paper or coated paper are not suitable for imprinting.

ATTENTION ● Documents with glossy surface such as thermal paper, thermal transfer paper,
coated paper, and art paper take longer time for the ink to dry and may cause poor
print quality. The imprinter must be cleaned more frequently if you use these
types of papers.
● Very thick paper or plastic document cannot be scanned when the imprinter is
installed.

Printing area

D
Feed direction

Printing Area
(Back side)

A≧5mm
B≧5mm
C≧5mm
D≧5mm

Note: Do not print less than 5mm C


of the page margins.
A B

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 173
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
(Continued) Section 8.1.1
Item Specification
Accuracy of printing ±4mm from the starting point for feeding direction
position

Interface Exclusive interface for Imprinter


Consumable Print cartridge (CA00050-0262)
(Life-span of the Ink) Color: Black
Replacement Cycle: 4,000,000 characters (64,000,000 dots) or 6 months
(The number of characters may decrease depending on the font selection.)

Limit of use

8.1.2 Imprinter Installation Specification

Installation Specification
Item Specification Remarks
Outer dimension (mm, lb) Width Depth Height
416 (16.39) 157 (6.18) 252 (9.92) Imprinter dimension
432 (17.02) 749 (29.51) 300 (11.81) Imprinter with scanner dimension
Weight (kg) Less than 5.0kg (11.02 lb) Imprinter only
Input voltage (V) Not necessary (supplied by scanner)
Condition Operating Non operating
Environment Temperature (Degree C) 10 to 35 -20 to 60
Humidity (%) 20 to 80 10 to 95

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 174
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.1.3
8.1.3 Names of Component Parts
<Imprinter Unit>
Front Side Rear Side
Print Cartridge Cover
Print section

Screw

Lever Fix Claw


Lift the lever to detach the
EXT cable Connecting Pin
Imprinter from the Scanner.

<Attachment Guide>

<Imprinter with Scanner Installed>


Front Side Rear Side
ADF Paper Chute ADF (Automatic Document Feeder) ADF (Automatic Document Feeder)

Operator Panel
Imprinter Stacker
ADF Paper ADF Open Button Imprinter

<Inside>

Paper Guide

Print Cartridge Cover Print Cartridge Holder

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 175
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.1.3
8.1.3 Dimensions
<Imprinter>

<Scanner with Imprinter>

Unit: mm

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 176
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.2.1

8.2 Operation
8.2.1 Operation

When the power is turned ON, the scanner firmware checks if the Imprinter EXT cable is connected to the scanner. If the EXT
cable is connected, the firmware judges that the Imprinter is installed, and then starts controlling the print head and sensors, and
driving the Feed rollers by the Feed motor.
The leading edges of documents fed from the ADF are detected by the sensors, and used for imprinting timing control. When
the Print section is open, “Imprinter cover open” is detected by the Switch (Section 4.3.13).
To prevent the Print section and ADF cover from interfering each other, open the Print section of the Imprinter first and then
open the ADF cover. When closing them, follow the reverse order.
If Print cartridge replacement message appears on the PC monitor, replace the cartridge, and then reset the Remaining ink
counter (Section 8.9.4).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 177
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.2.2
8.2.2 Block Diagram

Following figure shows the electric component block diagram of Imprinter.

Base unit
Print cartridge Sensor OPB5
PA00050-0262 Sensor OP
PA03277-D928 PA03338-D917 Feed Motor
PA03576-D804
Print section

Junction PCA

PR cable
PA03334-F953

IMP CT
PA03540-K926

fi-6670

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 178
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.3.1

8.3 Unpacking and Installation of Imprinter


This chapter describes the unpacking instructions, and installation of the Imprinter.

8.3.1 Unpacking
Follow the procedures below when unpacking the Imprinter. Confirm that all the accessories are included after
unpacking.

(1) Open the box.


(2) Remove the accessories and separation board.
(3) Remove the Cushion T and Imprinter from the box.
(4) Take out the Imprinter from the PET bag.
(5) Remove the protection tape from the Imprinter.

Table below shows the list of packaging configuration list and figure below shows the packaging configuration.

No. Description Quantity Remarks


1 Outer box 1
2 Cushion B 1
3 Cushion T 1
4 Accessory box 1
5 Imprinter 1
6 Print cartridge 1
7 Attachment guide 1
8 Imprinter Operator’s guide 1

3
4

3
5 [In the Accessory box]
6,7,8

2
2

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 179
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.3.2
8.3.2 Installing / Removing the Imprinter
<Installation>
(1) Turn off the Scanner and disconnect the electrical power cable.
(2) Remove the Stacker from the scanner.

Press down on the center of the stacker to bow it, and then remove the stacker pin from the scanner to remove the Stacker.

(3) Open the cable cover horizontally, and bow it down to remove.

You must remove the Stacker and Cable Cover before installing the Imprinter onto the Scanner.

(4) Install the Imprinter to the scanner.


1. Orient the Attachment Guide as shown below.

Attachment Guide

ADF Shaft

ADF
2. Check the Shaft from below.
Scanner

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 180
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.3.2
3. Locate the Attachment Guide along the shaft.

Shaft

4. Push up the attachment guide.

(5) Remove the attached screw from the Imprinter’s rear position.

Screw

(6) Install the Imprinter on to the Scanner.

Connecting Pin
To install the Imprinter on to the scanner, insert the connecting pins located on the Imprinter’s rear into the scanner’s round
holes.
- Do not hold the bottom of the Imprinter wherever lifting it up.
- Attach the imprinter firmly on to the scanner. (Æ Confirm that the Imprinter does not separate from the Scanner when
pulled.)
- Be careful not to pinch your fingers.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 181
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.3.2

See the imprinter in


this direction

(7) Attach the Thumb screw to secure the Imprinter.

Screw

EXT Cable

(8) Connect the EXT Cable to the scanner’s rear connector.


The Imprinter will not work if the EXT cable is not connected to the Scanner. Scanning when the EXT cable
is not connected will cause documents to jam inside the Imprinter.

(9) Replace the Cable cover (removed in step 3) to the Imprinter.


Hook the cover onto the imprinter by fitting the cover's lower side slots to the corresponding protrusions on each side of
the imprinter. Pushing on the upper part of the cover, fix it to the imprinter.

(10) Replace the Stacker (removed in step (2) into the Imprinter.

c Insert one end.

d Insert the next end.

(11) Connect the power cable to the scanner.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 182
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.3.2
<Removal>

(1) Remove the Stacker from the Imprinter.

(2) Remove the Cable cover located under the Stacker from the Imprinter.

(3) Disconnect the EXT cable from the EXT connector of the scanner.

(4) Remove the Thumb screw that secures the scanner to the imprinter.

(5) Push up the lever located at bottom left of the Imprinter.

(6) Remove the Imprinter by pulling it out in the direction of the arrow as shown below.

(7) Pressing your fingers on the Attachment Guide, slide it down and out to remove.

(8) Replace the Cable cover (removed in step 2) to the scanner.

(9) Replace the Stacker (removed in step 1) to the scanner.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 183
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.3.3
8.3.3 Installing the Print Cartridge
Install the print cartridge as follows:

When installing or replacing the print cartridge, be careful not to insert it improperly.
(1) Confirm that the scanner is turned off.

(2) To open the print cartridge cover, grasp and pull open the center
of the cover as shown to the right.

(3) Remove the packing tape from the Print Cartridge Holder and Paper
Guides.

(4) Open the Print Cartridge Holder by pinching and lifting up its
Paper Guides
locking lever with your fingers, as shown below.

Print Cartridge Holder

(5) Remove the new print cartridge from its pouch.

(6) Remove the protectvie tape from the new Print Cartridge.

Do not touch the metal part of the cartridge or put the tape back on again.

(7) Insert the Print Cartridge into the holder as shown below with its tab pointing to the right.

Be careful not to let the Print Cartridge touch or catch the print circuit film.

(8) Lower the locking lever of the Print Cartridge Holder until it locks the cartridge in place.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 184
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.3.3
(9) Position the Print Cartridge Holder along where the document will pass through.
Î The print will be located on the page properly for your application.

(10) Close the Print Cartridge Cover.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 185
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.3.4
8.3.4 Operating Test
After installing the Imprinter, perform the following Offline Print Test to test its operaetion.
There are six patterns that are printed during the test. One pattern is printed on a sheet of paper.

(1) Turn OFF the scanner.


(2) While pressing the [Function] button on the operator panel, switch on the scanner.
Continue pressing on the [Function] button. Function Scan/Stop Power
(3) Release the [Function] button when the Function Check
Number Display changes from [P] to [b].
Send to

Function Number
Display

[Function] button
(4) Place some blank sheet of paper on the ADF Paper Chute.
To print all six test patterns, place six sheets or more.
● Use A4 or Letter size paper. If the size is smaller than A4 or Letter, printing may not successfully complete.
● Confirm that the Print Cartridge is positioned within the document width.

(5) Press the [Scan/Stop] button to test.


Î Paper will feed into the ADF, and the Imprinter will print out the Print Test Characters starting at 5mm from the
paper’s edge. (The range of error is ±4 mm.)
(6) To print the next pattern, return to step (5).

The following test patterns are printed.


Test pattern 1 (Horizontal):
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[¥]^_`00000000
Test pattern 2 (Horizontal): F
e
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ 00000000 e
d
i
Test pattern 3 (Horizontal):
n
g
d
!”#$%&()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@00000000
i
r
e
c
Test pattern 4 (Vertical): t
i
o
n
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[¥]^_`00000000
Test pattern 5 (Vertical):
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ 00000000
Test pattern 6 (Vertical):
!”#$%&()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@00000000

Every single press of the [Scan/Stop] button prints one test 5mm
pattern.
The test print repeats test patterns from 1 through 6. ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
The numbering data portion "00000000" changes from 0 with
increments of 1. Print test sample

(7) To stop Offline Print Test mode, turn off the scanner by pressing the [Power] button.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 186
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.4

8.4 Maintenance Parts for Imprinter

Replacement
Appearance
No. Description Part Number Quantity. procedure Remarks
(Section)
(Section)
1 Sensor OPB5 PA03277-D928 1 8.4.1 8.6.6.1
2 IM Holder ASSY PA03540-E971 1 8.4.2 8.6.4.4 Includes Holder lever
3 IM Pinch ASSY PA03540-E970 6 8.4.3 8.6.4.2
4 Feed Motor PA03576-D804 1 8.4.4 8.6.6.3
5 IM Holder lever PA03540-F922 1 8.4.5 8.6.4.1
6 FPC cable PA03334-F952 1 8.4.6 8.6.4.4
7 PR Cable PA03334-F953 1 8.4.7 8.6.6.4
8 IM Felt PA03334-F954 1 8.4.8 8.6.6.5
9 Thumb Screw PA03334-F959 1 8.4.9 8.6.7
10 IMP CT PA03540-K926 1 8.4.10 8.6.5
11 Junction PCA PA03334-K961 1 8.4.11 8.6.4.3
12 Sensor OP PA03338-D917 1 8.4.12 8.6.6.2

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 187
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.4.1
8.4.1 Sensor OPB5

Description Part Number Remarks


SENSOR OPB5 PA03277-D928

8.4.2 IM Holder ASSY

Description Part Number Remarks


IM HOLDER ASSY Includes the holder lever and
PA03540-E971
FPC cable.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 188
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.4.3
8.4.3 IM Pinch ASSY

Description Part Number Remarks


IM PINCH ASSY PA03540-E970 Maintenance part unit: 1
(Six units are mounted on one Imprinter.)

8.4.4 Feed Motor

Description Part Number Remarks


FEED MOTOR PA03576-D804

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 189
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.4.5
8.4.5 IM Holder Lever

Description Part Number Remarks


IM HOLDER LEVER PA03540-F922

8.4.6 FPC Cable

Description Part Number Remarks


FPC CABLE PA03334-F952 Two plastic parts are included.

Plastic parts

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 190
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.4.7
8.4.7 PR Cable

Description Part Number Remarks


PR CABLE PA03334-F953

8.4.8 IM Felt

Description Part Number Remarks


IM FELT PA03334-F954

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 191
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.4.9
8.4.9 Thumb Screw

Description Part Number Remarks


Thumb Screw PA03334-F959

8.4.10 IMP CT

Description Part Number Remarks


IMP CT PA03540-K926 Factory-set EEPROM (default) is
mounted on the maintenance part.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 192
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.4.11
8.4.11 Junction PCA

Description Part Number Remarks


JUNCTION PCA PA03334-K961

8.4.12 Sensor OP

Description Part Number Remarks


SENSOR OP PA03338-D917

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 193
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.5

8.5 Troubleshooting

Refer to Chapter 4 “Troubleshooting.”

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 194
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6

8.6 Maintenance Procedure

This chapter explains the precautions needed before maintenance, removing and attaching covers, and replacing the
maintenance parts.

8.6.1 For Safety Operation

Be careful not to pinch your fingers, or hook your hair or jewelry by the
Caution mechanism of the unit.

Precaution before maintenance:


- Thoroughly clean the unit before working.
- Follow disassembly and assembly instructions carefully.
- Store the disassembled parts so as not to lose them.
- Check the condition and parts count after replacement.
- Assemble the unit in reverse order of disassembly.

Periodic inspection of the Imprinter shall be performed with the same timing of the scanner inspection

8.6.2 Maintenance Tools


Table below lists tools for maintenance of the Imprinter.

No. Tools Remarks


1 Philips screw driver For M3 and M4 screws
2 Small flat-blade screwdriver For removing E-ring and lever switch
3 Pliers For removing clamp, assembling E-ring
4 Alcohol Ethyl alcohol or isopropyl alcohol for cleaning
5 Spring gauge 1kg or 500g for adjusting belt tension
6 Metal straightedge 150mm for adjusting belt tension

8.6.3 (Reserved)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 195
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.4
8.6.4 Parts replacements in the Print Section
8.6.4.1 IM Holder Lever

Refer to Section 8.4.5 for the part number of the IM Holder Lever.

<Removal>
(1) Open the Print cartridge cover.
(2) Widening the fulcrum of the IM holder lever which holds the print cartridge, remove the IM holder lever.

Fulcrum of IM Holder Lever

IM Holder Lever

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 196
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.4.2
8.6.4.2 IM Pinch ASSY

Refer to Section 8.4.3 for the part number of the IM Pinch ASSY.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Imprinter cover as follows.
- Open the Print section.
- Remove the three screws E from inside of the Print section cover.
- Close the Print section and remove the Print cartridge cover while opening it.

Print cartridge cover

(3) Remove the two screws E that secure each IM Pinch ASSY, and remove the IM Pinch ASSY(s) by opening the Print section
frame.

Screws E

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse by referring to the illustration below.

IM Pinch ASSY
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 197
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.4.3
8.6.4.3 Junction PCA

Refer to Section 8.4.11 for the part number of the Junction PCA.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print cartridge cover by referring to step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the screw B that secures the FPC cable, and disconnect the FPC cable from the Junction PCA.

Fixing screw B

FPC cable

(4) Remove the screw B from the Junction PCA, and remove the Junction PCA (photo below).

Fixing screw B

Disconnect the connector

Junction PCA

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 198
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.4.4
8.6.4.4 IM Holder ASSY / FPC Cable

Refer to Section 8.4.3 for the part number of the IM Holder ASSY, and Section 8.4.6 for that of the FPC Cable.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print cartridge cover by referring to step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Disconnect the FPC cable from the connector by referring to step (3) in Section 8.6.4.3.
Pull out the FPC cable through the frame hole to the IM Holder ASSY side.

Pull out the FPC cable.

(4) Remove the E-ring from the frame side plate.

Pull out the E-ring.

(5) Pulling out the rail shaft of the IM Holder ASSY, rotate the IM Holder ASSY a bit in the direction of the arrow in the photo
below to remove.

IM Holder ASSY

Pull out the rail shaft. Rotate a bit to remove

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse by taking care of the following points.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 199
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.4.4
When removing the FPC cable, follow the procedures below.
(6) Remove the two plastic parts from the Holder with a small flat screwdriver (refer to the drawing below).

Note: Be careful not to lose the rubber cushions on the bottom of the Holder

(7) Remove one end of the FPC cable from the Holder as shown
in the figure to the right. Holder

(8) Remove the FPC cable from all the cable holding ribs.

Holding ribs

Remove FPC cable


from Holder

FPC Cable

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse by taking care of the following points.

1. Fold the new FPC cable as shown in the right figure.


Contacts of FPC cable
2. The small plastic parts come with FPC cable. Insert shall be opposite side.
the two small plastic parts into the holes of FPC
cable near electrodes.

Small Plastic parts

Electrodes on FPC cable


46 ± 1 mm
3. Route the new FPC cable as shown in the photo below.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 200
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.5
8.6.5 IMP CT

Refer to Section 8.4.10 for the part number of the IMP CT.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the two screws A from the document exit side.

Remove two screws A.

(3) Pull the PCA cover out of the Imprinter, and then open it to the front. Disconnect the two connectors from the IMP CT
(photo below).

Disconnect two connectors

(4) Remove the cable (connector and clamp) and the four screws A from the IMP CT, and remove the Control PCA.

Remove four fixing screws A.

Remove the connector and


clamp to remove the cable.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 201
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.5
(5) Remove the EEPROM from the IMP CT and install it onto the new IMP CT.
The EEPROM stores the data of Ink counter for the current Print cartridge.

When installing the EEPROM,


Fit the concave to install.

EEPROM

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

Note: When installing the PCA cover, insert the PCA cover tab into the square hole at the rear of the Imprinter.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 202
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.6.1
8.6.6 Parts inside of Fix Unit
8.6.6.1 Sensor OPB5

Refer to Section 8.4.1 for the part number of the Sensor OPB5.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print cartridge cover by referring to the step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the three screws A on the inside face of the Imprinter to remove the cover.

Cover

Remove three screws A.

(4) Remove the screw for the right cover. Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver in the gap between the right cover and the frame
to unlatch the cover claw. Then remove the right cover while opening it.

Right cover

Remove while opening the right cover.

Remove three screws.

(5) Remove the eight screws A on the inside face of the imprinter then move the plate toward you.

Remove eight screws A.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 203
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.6.1
(6) Pulling out the metal plate a bit to the front, disconnect the connector and the bracket screw A on the Sensor OPB5.
Unlatch the claws for the Sensor OPB5 to remove this sensor.

Remove the connector and screw A.

Pull out to the front.

Unlatch the claws.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
Notes:
- Press the Sensor OPB5 down firmly so that the claws engage properly.
- After assembling, confirm that the sensor lever moves smoothly.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 204
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.6.2
8.6.6.2 Sensor OP

Refer to Section 8.4.12 for the part number of the Sensor OP.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print Cartridge cover by referring to the step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the cover by referring to step (3) in Section 8.6.6.1.
(4) Remove the screw A for the left cover. Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver in the gap between the left cover and the frame
to remove the cover claw. Then remove the left cover while opening it.

Remove a fixing screw A.

(5) Disconnect the connector from the Sensor OP, and remove the sensor upward by pinching its claws.)

Remove upward by pinching claws

Connector

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
Note: When attaching the Sensor OP, make sure it is positioned as shown in the photo below. You cannot insert the Sensor OP
in the reverse direction.

Connector

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 205
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.6.3
8.6.6.3 Feed Motor

Refer to Specification 8.4.4 for the part number of the Feed Motor.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print Cartridge cover by referring to the step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the cover and Sensor OP5 connector by referring to steps (3) ~ (5) in Section 8.6.6.1.
(4) Remove the two cable clamps at the back of the cover to remove the cover.

Cable clamps

(5) Remove the two screws A that secure the Feed motor to remove the Feed motor. Disconnect the cable connector from the
Feed motor.

Cable connector

Fixing screws A Feed Motor

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 206
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.3.3
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. When fastening the screws for the Feed motor, adjust the belt tension so that the belt defects 3mm when 300 grams of force
are applied at the location noted in the photo below.

D = 3 mm
f = 300 ± 40 gf

f
25mm

2. When installing the Feed motor, align the phases of the pulleys (D-cut) as shown below.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 207
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.6.4
8.6.6.4 PR Cable

Refer to Section 8.4.7 for part number of the PR Cable.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print Cartridge cover by referring to the step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the right cover by referring to steps (3) ~ (6) in Section 8.6.6.1, and move the metal plate toward you.
(4) Remove the left cover by referring to step (4) in Section 8.6.6.2.
(5) Disconnect the PR Cable connector from the Junction PCA, and from the Sensor OP5.
(6) Remove the PR cable from the cable clamps (11 pieces).
Remove connectors.

PR Cable

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 208
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.6.5
8.6.6.5 IM Felt

Refer to Section 8.4.8 for the part number of the IM Felt.

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print Cartridge cover by referring to the step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the right cover by referring to step (3) ~ (6) in Section 8.6.6.1
(4) Remove the left cover by referring to step (4) in Section 8.6.6.2.
(5) Remove the two screws A that secure the Sheet guide and the screw E that secures the plastic part from the left side of the
Imprinter.
(6) Remove the clamp with cable.

Cable clamp
Sheet guide fixing screws A

Screw E
Plastic part

(7) In the same way as steps (5) and (6), remove the two screws A that secure the Sheet guide and a screw E that secures the
plastic part on the right side of the Imprinter.

Sheet guide fixing screws A

Screw E

Plastic part

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 209
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.6.5
(8) Lifting up the Sheet guide, replace the IM Felt.
Note: The IM Felt is not glued to the bracket.

IM Felt

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
Note: You can replace the new IM Felt with either side facing up.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 210
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.6.7
8.6.7 Thumb screw

Refer to Section 8.4.9 for the part number of the Thumb Screw.

<Removal>
(1) Lift up the stacker and remove the Thumb screw that secures the imprinter.

Thumb screw inserting position

Thumb Screw

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 211
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.7

8.7 Adjustment / Setting

Refer to Chapter 6 “Adjustment /Setting.”

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 212
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 9.3.1

8.8 Imprinter Basic Operation


8.8.1 Positioning the Print Cartridge

(1) Open the Print Cartridge Cover.


(2) Hold the Print Cartridge Holder, as below, and slid it to the left or right within the document width to set it at a suitable print
starting position.
● The triangle-shaped protrusion on the locking lever of the Print
Cartridge Holder indicates the current print position on the page.
● In the upper back of the Print Cartridge Holder are the document size
markings; use them to adjust for paper sizes and printing positions.
● Put the actual document in the ADF and confirm that the print cartridge
is positioned within the document’s width.

8.8.2 How to Use the Paper Guides


Use the Paper Guides to prevent against paper jams due to pages with curled edges.

Feed direction

Place the Paper Guides at the ends where the paper edges will pass through.

(1) Place the document on the ADF Paper Chute.


(2) Open the Print Cartridge Cover.
(3) Slide the Paper Guides to the left and right edges of the paper.

Paper Guide

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 213
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.8.2
When you wish to print on a section near the edge of wide paper, remove the Paper Guide in order to open
space for the Print Cartridge, and attach the removed guide in the center.
For Right- Edge Printing For Left- Edge Printing

Be careful not to let the Paper Guide touch or catch onto the print circuit film.

To Remove the Paper Guides


Pressing and holding together with your fingers, as below, lift up and pull away the guide.

Paper Guide

To Attach the Paper Guides


1. Put the Paper Guides in place as in the picture on the left.

Paper Guide

2. Push in the top portion of the guide to fit tightly.

Paper Guide

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 214
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.8.3
8.8.3 Print Setup
You can configure the settings of the Imprinter by using the scanner driver dialog box.

FUJITSU TWAIN driver (Example)


Click the [Option] button.
In the [Option] dialog box (screen below), choose the [Imprinter (Endorser)] tab and specify the Imprinter settings.

Following items are specifiable in this window.

・ Enable Imprinter (Endorser)

Specifies enabling or disabling the imprinter function of the device.


Disable : Imprinting is not performed.
Enable : Prints on the documents using the imprinter using the following settings.
In this case, it prints on the backside of documents after scanning. Therefore, the printing is not included in
the scanned image.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 215
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.8.3
・ Y Offset (Print starting point)

5 mm
Y
Specifies Y Offset from the edge of the documents for the

ABC..
placement of printing. The standard value specified here
depends on the device.

・ Direction (Font orientation)

Specifies the printing direction of endorsement strings.

・ Font (Font width)

Specifies the printing orientation of characters.


Direction:
Top to Bottom Bottom to Top
Font: Vertical

Feeding direction
Feeding direction

ABC001
ABC001

(Backside) (Backside)

Horizontal
Feeding direction
Feeding direction

A
A B C 00 1

B
C
0
0
1
(Backside) (Backside)

・ Initial Value

Designates the initial count when the Imprinter String is set, including a counter value.

・ Counter Step

Configures whether the count increments or decrements. In other words, this value is added to or subtracted from the
counter each time an original is scanned. An increment of 0, 1, or 2 may be specified. Usually, 1 is designated for a
single-sided original, and 2 for a double- sided original.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 216
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.8.3
・ Counter

Designates whether to increase or decrease the specified step value.

・ Imprinter String definition

Specifies the imprinter string.


The following characters can be output by the Imprinter.
Alphabet Letters : A-Z, a-z
Numeric Characters : 0, 1-9
Symbols : !”#$%&’()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~
Other : (Space)
(*The space is ignored when it is entered at the head of [String:].)
The following definitions can be used. They may also be selected from the menu, which is displayed by clicking on

" ".
%YYYY: The year is printed in four digits using the Western calendar.
%YYY: The year is printed using the two digits of the Japanese calendar (current, or Heisei era).
%YY: The year is printed in the last two digits of the Western calendar.
%MMM: An English abbreviation of the month is printed; for example, JAN for January and FEB for February.
%MM: The month is printed in two digits; for example, 01 for January and 12 for December.
%M: The month is printed using one or two digits; for example, 1 for January and 12 for December.
%DD: The day is printed using two digits; for example, 03 for the 3rd day of the month and 26 for the 26th day of
the month.
%D: The day is printed using one or two digits; for example, 3 for the 3rd day of the month and 26 for the 26th
day of the month.
%HH: The hour is printed using two digits of the 24-hour clock; for example, 08 for 8:00 a.m. and 14 for 2:00 p.m.
%H: The hour is printed using one or two digits of the 24-hour clock; for example, 8 for 8:00 a.m. and 14 for 2:00
p.m.
%NN: The minute is printed using two digits; for example, 02 for 8:02 a.m. and 48 for 2:48 p.m.
%N: The minute is printed using one or two digits; for example, 2 for 8:02 a.m. and 48 for 2:48 p.m.
%Nud: A counter value is printed by N digits which increases or decreases with each page.
Programmable digits of the counter is 5 and 8 and described as "%05ud" and "%08ud" respectively. The
programmable digits depend on the device.)
The initial counter and the methods of increasing and decreasing values can be specified as explained above
under the heading "Counter."
This specification is only permitted at the end of an Imprinter String (Endorser).

・ Sample

Displays printed examples of the Imprinter String (Endorser) designated above.


Note.
The printed counter, date, and time do not always look like the sample because the scanning option takes precedence.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 217
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.8.4
8.8.4 Removing Jammed Documents
Remove jammed document sheets as follows:
Do not forcefully pull out the document pages.

(1) Remove the documents from the ADF Paper Chute.


(2) Open the Print section.

ADF

Print section
To open the ADF, first open the Print section before proceeding.

(3) Open the ADF.

ADF

Print section

ADF
Print section

(4) Carefully remove all the jammed documents.


(5) Close the ADF.

(6) Close the Print section.

ADF

Print section

- Be sure that the ADF is closed first before closing the Print section.
- Do not move the imprinter and scanner while printing. Printing may distort.
- When you are not going to use the imprinter for a long time, please remove the print cartridge from the imprinter and
store it.
- Ink is consumed every time at the initial start-up of the imprinter though no printing is performed.
- Do not move the imprinter with the print cartridge installed. The imprinter may become damaged.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 218
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.9.1

8.9 Daily Care


8.9.1 Cleaning the Print Cartridge

Poor quality prints can occur due to blocked ink emission holes in the nozzle. Leaving the imprinter unused for long periods can
also cause emission holes to become blocked. When the emission holes are blocked, clean the nozzle surface of the print
cartridge.
For cleaning, use a dry lint-free cloth (DO NOT use tissue), and gently wipe any dirt and stains off the nozzle’s surface.

(1) Turn off the Scanner.

(2) Remove the Print Cartridge. (Refer to Section 8.9.4)

Nozzle plate

When cleaning, be careful not to touch the Nozzle plate or the contact parts of the cartridge directly by hand.

(3) Gently wipe any dirt and stains off the nozzle surface.

(4) Make sure that all dirt and stains are removed before reinstalling the print cartridge. (Refer to Section 8.9.4)
When installing or replacing the print cartridge, be careful not to insert it out of place.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 219
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.9.2
8.9.2 Cleaning the Imprinter

After frequent use, ink will begin to accumulate or stick to the base of the Imprinter, which can soil printouts. Always maintain
the imprinter base clean.
To assure high quality print outs and long use of the imprinter, adopt a daily maintenance procedure as explained below.
- When cleaning, gently wipe the imprinter base with an absorbent item that can remove the ink.
- If the ink is dried, gently wipe it with a moistened cloth. (Since the ink is water soluble, it can be cleaned with water.)

(1) Turn off the Scanner.

(2) Open the Print Cartridge Cover and remove the print cartridge. (Refer to Section 8.9.4.)

(3) Open the Print section.

(4) Wipe off any dirt and dust on the base surface of the Print Cartridge Holder with a lint-free cloth.

When cleaning, be careful not to touch the metal wheels located behind the upper rollers on the print cartridge cover.

(5) Check that the dirt is wiped off, and then close the Print section.

(6) Reinstall the Print Cartridge and close the Print Cartridge Cover. (Refer to Section 8.9.4.)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 220
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.9.3
8.9.3 Cleaning the Rollers
When ink or dust from the paper is stuck on the imprinter feed roller surfaces, documents may not feed smoothly. To prevent
feed problems, clean the roller surfaces regularly.
Recommended cleaning cycle is every 5,000 sheets. Actual cleaning cycle may be shorter depending on usage and
documents.

(1) Open the Print section.

(2) Clean the rubber rollers located as shown below.

Print section

With a lint-free cloth, gently wipe off the dirt or dust from the roller surfaces.
To clean the lower rubber rollers, rotate the rollers by holding down the [Scan/Stop] button and [Send to] button on the
operator panel of the scanner simultaneously.
When cleaning, be careful not to touch the metal wheels located behind the upper rollers on the print
section.

(3) Clean the Plastic Rollers.


Clean the two black plastic rollers on the inner side of the Print section.

Print section

Rotate the rollers with your fingers gently and wipe off any dirt or dust from the roller surface with a lint-free cloth.

(4) Confirm that all dirt and dust have been removed from the rollers. Close the Print section.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 221
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.9.4
8.9.4 Replacing the Print Cartridge

- When the message to the right appears, replace the Print Cartridge as soon as possible.
- If you continue to print without replacing the cartridge, your print output will continue
to appear lighter and lighter.
- When installing the print cartridge, be careful not to insert it out of place.

(1) Turn off the scanner.


(2) Open the Print Cartridge Cover by grasping its center and turning it towards you, as shown below.

Print Cartridge Holder

(3) Open the Print Cartridge Holder by slightly pinching and lifting up its locking lever with your finger as shown below.

(4) Remove the old Print Cartridge from the Print Cartridge Holder.

(5) Take the new Print Cartridge out of its pouch and detach the protection tape from the Print Cartridge.

Do not touch the metal part of the cartridge nor put the tape back again.

(6) Place the Print Cartridge into the holder as shown below with its tab positioning to the right.

Be careful not to let the print cartridge touch or catch on to the print circuit film.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 222
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Section 8.9.4
(7) Lower the locking lever of the Print Cartridge Holder until it locks in and fixes the cartridge in place.

(8) Position the Print Cartridge Holder along where the document will
pass through.

Be sure to position the print cartridge to have enough space from the document edge.
If you position the Print Cartridge too close to the document edge, printing may be performed out of the document width.

(9) Close the Print Cartridge Cover.

(10) Turn on the scanner.

(11) Reset the Remaining Ink Counter.


You must clear the Remaining Ink Counter whenever you replace the print cartridge.

1. On the [Start] menu, select [All Programs] –[Scanner Utility for Microsoft Windows]- [Software Operation Panel].
2. Select the [Device Setting] tab from the listing on the left.

3. Click the [Clear] button at the [Remaining Ink].


ÎThe Ink remain counter will reset to 100%.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 223
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Screws
The screws that are used in this device (scanner and imprinter) are as follows.

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw A SCREW RU6SW2N3-08121
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw B SCREW U30L-0010-0030#M3x8
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw C SCREW RU6SW2N3-06121
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 224
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Appendix 1

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw D SCREW RU6SW2N3-05121
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw E PT SCREW PA83952-5038
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw F PT SCREW PA83952-2636
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 225
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Appendix 1

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw G SCREW RU6SW2N4-10121
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw H SCREW RU6SW2N3-14121
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw I SCREW U120-4300-Z624
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 226
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Appendix 1

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw J SCREW RU6SNA2R5-05121
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Screw K SCREW CA98001-8785
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
Screw L SCREW RU6SNA3-06121 fi-6670/fi-6670A

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 227
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Appendix 1

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
Screw M C SCREW PA03951-0610 fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
Screw N PT SCREW PA83952-5040 fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
Description Part number Remarks
manual
fi-6670/fi-6670A
Thumb screw THUMB SCREW PA83951-1510
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 228
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
03 Appendix 2

Appendix 2 Emulation Mode


Emulation of the following scanners can be specified on this scanner.
Model name Scanner that can be emulated
fi-6670
fi-5650C
fi-6670A
To activate the Emulation function, scanner setting needs to be changed.
For the configuration method, see below.

1. With the ADF cover open and the Cover Open sensor status OFF (by opening the cover all the way), press the Power
button while pressing the Function button. (In this mode, the scanner interface with the host becomes off-line.)
* fi-6670 and fi-6670A have the operator panels on both sides. The operation can be done at either panel.

ADF Cover

Open ADF cover


completely.

Cover Open sensor


- Status: OFF

The following is the Function Number Display and the scanner status transition during scanner initialization after the power
is turned ON in the procedure above.
Function
Scanner status
No. Display

Initializing

Function Scanner status


No. Display
- When the scanner goes into the Maintenance
Mode, let go of the Function button.
In Maintenance Mode

Function Scanner status


No. Display
- When the scanner goes into the Emulation
In Emulation switch mode switch mode, close the ADF cover.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 229
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Appendix 2
2. During the Emulation switch mode, press the Scan/Stop button to display the current scanner setting.
- If the Emulation mode is activated for the first time, the initial value (standard) “0” appears on the Function Number
Display.
- When fi-5650C is selected, “1” appears on the Function Number Display.
3. Pressing the Function button changes the displayed number. Press it several times until the number for the model you want
your scanner to emulate appears.
- If your scanner is fi-6670, to emulate fi-5650C, press the Function button several times until “1” is displayed on the
Function Number Display.

Function Your scanner


No. Emulated model Remarks
Display fi-6670/fi-6670A *1
Initial value (standard)
0 fi-6670 9
Emulation mode invalid
1 fi-5650C 9
*1: Emulation on fi-6670A through CGA board (SCSI/USB) is not available.
With a standard interface, use the Emulation function as fi-6670.

4. Press the Scan/Stop button to display the selected scanner name (numbers) by turns.
- The first “-” is a start mark. “SP” signifies “OFF: No display”. Switching interval is 0.5 second.

Emulation mode How to display


“6670” is displayed as below repeatedly.
fi-6670
“-” Î “6” Î “SP” Γ6” Î “SP” Î “7” ΓSP” Î “0” Î “SP”
“5650”is displayed as below repeatedly.
fi-5650C
“-” Γ5” ΓSP” Î “6” ΓSP” Γ5” ΓSP” Î “0” ΓSP”

5. If the scanner name (numbers) displayed on the Function Number Display is correct, press the Function button.
Pressing the Function button displays Screen E1 to ask whether to write thee selected mode into EEPROM.

- To cancel the process, press the Send to button and return to the initial display of the Emulation mode.

[Screen E1]
Function Power
Scanner status
No. Display LED
Blinks “o” (lower).
Interval of blinking: 1.0 second
ON
(Switching interval of light ON
and OFF is 0.5 second)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 230
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET
Appendix 2
6. Writing to EEPROM.
Pressing the Scan/Stop + Function buttons writes the information of the scanner of which setting has been changed into
EEPROM.
While the data is being written into EEPROM, Screen E2 appears.
When writing process is complete successfully, Screen E3 appears.

- To cancel the process, press the Send to button and return to the initial display of the Emulation mode.

[Screen E2]
Function Scanner status
No. Display
Data is being written into EEPROM.
No button is available.
Displays “L” without blinking.

(1) When the process is terminated successfully:


[Screen E3]
Function
Scanner status
No. Display
Displays “o” (upper) without When data writing into EEPROM is complete
blinking. successfully, Screen E3 appears.

(2) When the process is terminated abnormally:


[Screen E4]
Function Scanner status
No. Display
If writing to EEPROM failed, the Screen E4 appears.
Displays “c” (lower) without
blinking.

7. Restart the scanner.


If the process is terminated abnormally, turn off the power and back on again to restart the scanner.

Scanner configuration change for Emulation mode is complete now.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


Name
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Maintenance Manual
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2. Drawing
No. P1PA03576-B50X/6
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION 231
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai APPR. I.Fujioka PFU LMITED Page
231

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

You might also like